WO2022188570A1 - 群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质 - Google Patents

群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022188570A1
WO2022188570A1 PCT/CN2022/074073 CN2022074073W WO2022188570A1 WO 2022188570 A1 WO2022188570 A1 WO 2022188570A1 CN 2022074073 W CN2022074073 W CN 2022074073W WO 2022188570 A1 WO2022188570 A1 WO 2022188570A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
identification information
terminal device
terminal equipment
control
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/074073
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王胡成
刘险峰
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority to US18/550,115 priority Critical patent/US20240163320A1/en
Priority to EP22766097.4A priority patent/EP4307726A1/en
Publication of WO2022188570A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022188570A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/40—Support for services or applications
    • H04L65/403—Arrangements for multi-party communication, e.g. for conferences
    • H04L65/4038—Arrangements for multi-party communication, e.g. for conferences with floor control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H04W4/08—User group management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00—Data switching networks
    • H04L12/02—Details
    • H04L12/16—Arrangements for providing special services to substations
    • H04L12/18—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast
    • H04L12/1813—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast for computer conferences, e.g. chat rooms
    • H04L12/1822—Conducting the conference, e.g. admission, detection, selection or grouping of participants, correlating users to one or more conference sessions, prioritising transmission
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00—Data switching networks
    • H04L12/28—Data switching networks characterised by path configuration, e.g. LAN [Local Area Networks] or WAN [Wide Area Networks]
    • H04L12/2854—Wide area networks, e.g. public data networks
    • H04L12/2856—Access arrangements, e.g. Internet access
    • H04L12/2858—Access network architectures
    • H04L12/2861—Point-to-multipoint connection from the data network to the subscribers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06—Authentication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04—Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/06—Airborne or Satellite Networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00—Data switching networks
    • H04L12/02—Details
    • H04L12/16—Arrangements for providing special services to substations
    • H04L12/18—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast
    • H04L12/189—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast in combination with wireless systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00—Data switching networks
    • H04L12/54—Store-and-forward switching systems 
    • H04L12/56—Packet switching systems
    • H04L12/5601—Transfer mode dependent, e.g. ATM
    • H04L2012/5638—Services, e.g. multimedia, GOS, QOS
    • H04L2012/564—Connection-oriented
    • H04L2012/5642—Multicast/broadcast/point-multipoint, e.g. VOD

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, device and medium for controlling a speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group.
  • T2mT intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service
  • a voice control method for an on-grid functional model there are a voice control method for an on-grid functional model and a voice control method for an off-grid functional model.
  • the voice right control method of the in-network function model the voice right control server of each group controls the voice right of the terminal equipment of each group uniformly.
  • the voice control method of the off-grid function model all terminal devices in the group can play the role of voice control.
  • the speech right control method in the prior art results in a heavy burden on the speech right control server of the speech right control server, or the conversation right cannot be controlled centrally in each group, so the control of the conversation right is unreasonable.
  • the sky-earth integrated network architecture is used to perform point-to-multipoint communication services within a group, when the on-network function model is used to control the speech rights, it will cause a large delay in speech rights control.
  • the present application provides a speech right control method, device and medium for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, which solves the problem that the speech right control method in the prior art causes a heavy speech right control burden on the speech right control server, or each group
  • the right to talk cannot be centrally controlled in the Internet, so the control of the right to talk is unreasonable, and if the integrated network architecture of the world is used for point-to-multipoint communication services within the group, when the on-network function model is used to control the right to speak, it will lead to The technical problem of large delay of speech right control.
  • the present application provides a method for controlling a speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, the method is applied to a service center, and the method includes:
  • the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication are sent to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • determining the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of terminal equipment with control right.
  • a mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights is constructed.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the first group terminal device
  • the sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights includes:
  • the terminal device requests the right to speak, and the second group terminal device is a terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group;
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation.
  • the service center can use the group call establishment process to send The group terminal device in the target group sends the identification information of the terminal device with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, which can not only control the speech rights more reasonably , effectively reducing the delay of speaking right control, effectively improving the efficiency of speaking right control, and can make full use of the resources of the group call establishment process, so that the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the target group and the The speech right control in the scenario when the first group terminal device initiates a group call request.
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group is a third group terminal device in the target group;
  • the sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights includes:
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the third group terminal equipment, so that the third group The second group terminal equipment outside the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak from the third group terminal equipment, and the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group ;
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the third group terminal equipment is in the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation.
  • the service center can use the group call establishment process to send The group terminal device in the target group sends the identification information of the terminal device with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, which can not only control the speech rights more reasonably , effectively reducing the delay of speaking right control, effectively improving the efficiency of speaking right control, and can make full use of the resources of the group call establishment process, so that the terminal device with the control right is the third group terminal device in the target group and is controlled by The speech right control in the scenario when the first group terminal device initiates a group call request.
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group;
  • the sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights includes:
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the second group terminal equipment to the target group
  • the terminal equipment outside the target group requests the right to speak, and the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment in the target group except the first group terminal equipment;
  • the service center can send the information of the terminal device with the control right to the group terminal device in the target group by using the group call establishment process.
  • Identification information, the identification information of the target group and the control role indication of the target group are sent to the terminal equipment with control rights through the newly added speech right notification message during the group call establishment process, which can not only control the speech rights more reasonably, but also effectively reduce the speech rights.
  • the control delay can effectively improve the efficiency of speech right control, and can make full use of the resources of the group call establishment process to meet the speech right control in the scenario where the terminal device with the control right is a terminal device outside the target group.
  • the method further includes:
  • the SMF Send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, so that the SMF can Determine the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group, and send the current multicast data forwarding strategy to the group terminal device
  • the corresponding user plane functional network element UPF The corresponding user plane functional network element UPF.
  • the acquiring the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak includes:
  • a list of identification information of group terminal devices currently possessing the speaking right sent by the terminal device having the control right is received.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is obtained; the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak are sent to the session management The functional network element SMF, so that the SMF determines the current group corresponding to each group terminal equipment in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy is sent to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal equipment, so that the SMF can perceive the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, and according to
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak enables UPF to update the multicast forwarding policy of each group terminal equipment in the target group, and then operates the multicast data according to the multicast forwarding policy, which can effectively prevent the current
  • the present application provides a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the method is applied to a terminal device with control right, and the method includes:
  • the method is applied to a terminal device with control rights, and the method includes:
  • the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication it is determined that it is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group;
  • the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the corresponding target group
  • the identification information and control role indication of the target group sent by the receiving service center include:
  • the terminal device with the control right is a third group terminal device in the corresponding target group, and the third group terminal device is a second group in the target group except the first group terminal device Any terminal device in the group terminal device;
  • the identification information and control role indication of the target group sent by the receiving service center include:
  • the terminal device with control right is a terminal device outside the target group
  • the identification information and control role indication of the target group sent by the receiving service center include:
  • a speech right notification message sent by the service center is received, where the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role.
  • the performing a speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group includes:
  • a speaking right granting message is sent to the group terminal device and a speaking right occupying message is sent to other group terminal devices in the target group except the group terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the sending to the session management function network element SMF the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak includes:
  • the present application provides a method for controlling session rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the method is applied to a session management function network element SMF, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the group determines that it is the terminal device with the control right of the corresponding target group according to the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, and executes the call to the group terminal device in the target group. Determined after the right control operation; the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal device with the control right;
  • the forwarding policy forwards or discards multicast data.
  • the acquiring the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak includes:
  • the receiving the identification information of the target group sent by the terminal device with the control right and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak include:
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group is determined according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak. ,include:
  • the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group is to allow the Perform multicast data forwarding, and determine that the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the sending the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device includes:
  • the present application provides a voice right control device for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, the device is located in a service center, and the device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication are sent to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the processor is configured to determine, according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal equipment that has control rights, the corresponding identification information of the target group. Before controlling the terminal equipment, it also includes:
  • a mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights is constructed.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the first group terminal device
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right, the specific include:
  • the terminal device requests the right to speak, and the second group terminal device is a terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group;
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right can control the group terminals in the corresponding target group
  • the device performs the speech right control operation it specifically includes:
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation.
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group is a third group terminal device in the target group;
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right, the specific include:
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the third group terminal equipment, so that the third group The second group terminal equipment outside the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak from the third group terminal equipment, and the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group ;
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right can control the group terminals in the corresponding target group
  • the device performs the speech right control operation it specifically includes:
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the third group terminal equipment is in the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation.
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group;
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right, the specific include:
  • the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the second group terminal equipment to the target group A terminal device outside the target group requests the right to speak, and the second group terminal device is a terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group; sending a group message to the first group terminal device a call response, the group call response includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the first group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment outside the target group;
  • the processor is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right can control the group terminals in the corresponding target group
  • the device performs the speech right control operation it specifically includes:
  • the processor configured to send a control right role indication to the terminal device having the control right, so that after the terminal device having the control right performs the speech right control operation, further comprising:
  • the SMF Send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, so that the SMF can Determine the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group, and send the current multicast data forwarding strategy to the group terminal device
  • the corresponding user plane functional network element UPF The corresponding user plane functional network element UPF.
  • the processor when configured to acquire the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, it specifically includes:
  • a list of identification information of group terminal devices currently possessing the speaking right sent by the terminal device having the control right is received.
  • the present application provides an apparatus for controlling speech rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the apparatus is located in a terminal device with control rights, and the apparatus includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication it is determined that it is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group;
  • the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the corresponding target group
  • the processor when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes:
  • the terminal device with the control right is a third group terminal device in the corresponding target group, and the third group terminal device is a second group in the target group except the first group terminal device Any terminal device in the group terminal device;
  • the processor when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes:
  • the terminal device with control right is a terminal device outside the target group
  • the processor when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes:
  • a speech right notification message sent by the service center is received, where the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role.
  • the processor when the processor performs a speech right control operation on a group terminal device in a corresponding target group, the processor specifically includes:
  • a speaking right granting message is sent to the group terminal device and a speaking right occupying message is sent to other group terminal devices in the target group except the group terminal.
  • the processor after performing the speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group, further includes:
  • the processor when the processor sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, the processor specifically includes:
  • the present application provides a voice right control device for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, the device is located in a session management function network element SMF, and the device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the group determines that it is the terminal device with the control right of the corresponding target group according to the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, and executes the call to the group terminal device in the target group. Determined after the right control operation; the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal device with the control right;
  • the forwarding policy forwards or discards multicast data.
  • the processor when the processor is configured to acquire the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, specifically includes:
  • the processor when receiving the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, which are sent by the terminal device with the control right, specifically includes:
  • a PDU session update request sent by the terminal device with the control right is received, where the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak.
  • the processor determines the current group corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device currently having the right to speak.
  • the broadcast data forwarding policy it specifically includes:
  • the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group is to allow the Multicast data forwarding is performed, and it is determined that the multicast data forwarding strategy of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the processor when the processor sends the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device, specifically includes:
  • the present application provides an apparatus for controlling speech rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the apparatus is located in a service center, and the apparatus includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a group call request sent by the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group;
  • a determining unit configured to determine the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal device with control right;
  • a sending unit configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right can respond to the group in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device performs the session right control operation.
  • the apparatus further includes: a construction unit, configured to determine the said target group by the determination unit according to the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group constructed in advance and the identification information of the terminal equipment with control right. Before the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group, set the terminal equipment with the control right for each group according to the business policy; build the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the corresponding terminal equipment with the control right .
  • a construction unit configured to determine the said target group by the determination unit according to the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group constructed in advance and the identification information of the terminal equipment with control right.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the terminal device of the first group.
  • the sending unit when sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right, specifically using the In: sending a group call request to the second group terminal equipment in the target group, where the group call request includes the identification information of the first group terminal equipment, so that the second group terminal equipment can send the first group call request to the first group terminal equipment
  • a group terminal device requests the right to speak
  • the second group terminal device is a terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group.
  • the sending unit sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right executes the call to the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the right control operation it is specifically used to: send a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, where the group call response includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the first group
  • the terminal device performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a third group terminal device in the target group.
  • the sending unit when sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights, is specifically used for: Send a group call request to the second group terminal equipment except the third group terminal equipment in the target group, the group call request includes the identification information of the third group terminal equipment, so that the third group The second group terminal equipment outside the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak from the third group terminal equipment, and the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group ; Send a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, and the group call response includes the identification information of the third group terminal equipment, so that the first group terminal equipment requests the third group terminal equipment right to speak.
  • the sending unit sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right executes the call to the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the right control operation it is specifically used to: send a group call request to the third group terminal equipment, where the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the third group
  • the terminal device performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group.
  • the sending unit when sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights, is specifically used for: Send a group call request to the second group terminal equipment in the target group, the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the second group terminal equipment to the target group The terminal equipment outside the target group requests the right to speak, and the terminal equipment in the second group is the terminal equipment in the target group other than the terminal equipment in the first group.
  • the sending unit sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right executes the call to the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the right control operation it is specifically used to: send a speaking right notification message to the terminal equipment outside the target group, where the speaking right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the target
  • the terminal devices outside the group perform a speaking right control operation on the group terminal devices in the corresponding target group.
  • the apparatus further includes: an acquisition unit.
  • the obtaining unit is used to obtain the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • a sending unit configured to send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently having the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, so that the SMF can make the target group according to the target group Determine the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group, and send the current multicast data forwarding strategy Give the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device.
  • the obtaining unit is specifically configured to: receive a list of identification information of a group terminal device currently possessing the speaking right sent by the terminal device having the control right.
  • the present application provides an apparatus for controlling a speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the apparatus being located in a terminal device with control rights, and the apparatus comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the identification information and the control right role indication of the target group sent by the service center;
  • a determining unit configured to determine that it is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group according to the target group's target information and the control right role indication;
  • the control unit is configured to perform a speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive a group call response sent by the service center, where the group call response includes identification information of the target group and an indication of a control right role.
  • the terminal device with the control right is a third group terminal device in the corresponding target group, and the third group terminal device is a second group in the target group except the first group terminal device
  • Any terminal device in the group terminal device, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive a group call request sent by the service center, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group and an indication of a control right role.
  • the terminal device with the control right is a terminal device outside the target group, and the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive a speech right notification message sent by the service center, where the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the Control role indication.
  • control unit is specifically configured to: determine whether a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group in the corresponding target group is received; if it is determined to receive a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group, The right request judges whether to grant the group terminal equipment the right to speak; if it is determined that the group terminal equipment has the right to speak, send a speaking right grant message to the group terminal equipment and send a message to the group terminal equipment except the group terminal in the target group.
  • the other group terminal devices other than the group send the speech right occupying message.
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending unit.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the service center or the network element SMF of the session management function.
  • the sending unit when sending the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, is specifically configured to: send protocol data to the SMF
  • the unit PDU session update request, the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the present application provides an apparatus for controlling session rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group, the apparatus is located in a session management function network element SMF, and the apparatus includes:
  • an acquisition unit configured to acquire the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is determined by the service center , or the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group determines that it is the terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group according to the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, and controls the group in the target group. It is determined after the group terminal equipment performs the speech right control operation; the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal equipment with the control right;
  • a determining unit configured to determine the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently having the right to speak;
  • a sending unit configured to send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device, so that the UPF receives the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal device and then according to the corresponding The current multicast data forwarding policy for multicast data is forwarded or discarded.
  • the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: receive the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, which are sent by the service center or the terminal device having the control right.
  • the acquiring unit when receiving the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the terminal equipment of the group currently possessing the right to speak, is specifically configured to: receive the identification information of the group having the control A PDU session update request sent by a terminal device with the right to speak, the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the list of identification information of the terminal device of the group that currently has the right to speak.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the group currently having the speaking right in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the speaking right
  • the multicast data forwarding strategy of the terminal device is to allow it to forward multicast data, and it is determined that the multicast data forwarding strategy of the group terminal device that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: send an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPF corresponding to each group terminal device, where the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes the corresponding current multicast Data forwarding strategy.
  • the present application provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the first aspect or the second aspect or the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a method, a device and a medium for controlling speech rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, by receiving a group call request sent by a terminal device of a first group in a target group, where the group call request includes the target group identification information of the group; according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right, determine the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group; Sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control right; to the terminal equipment with control right
  • the device sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the terminal device having the control right performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the service center pre-configures the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights for each group, by sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, the group in the target group
  • the terminal device explicitly requests the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the indication of the role of the control right to the terminal device with the right to control, so that the terminal device with the right to control clearly assumes the right to speak to the corresponding target group Control roles, and control the speech rights of the corresponding target group by the terminal device with control rights, so that the speech rights control tasks of the speech rights control server are dispersed by groups, but the dialogue rights in each group can be distributed. Centralized control is carried out, so the right to speak can be controlled more reasonably.
  • the terminal equipment controls the speaking rights of the terminal devices in the group.
  • the speech right control process does not need to go back and forth between heaven and earth, so it can effectively reduce the delay of speech right control and effectively improve the speech rights. Efficiency of power control.
  • Fig. 1 is a kind of signaling interaction flow chart of the method for controlling speech rights of MCPTT service in the prior art
  • Fig. 2 is another kind of prior art MCPTT service speech right control method signaling interaction flow chart
  • Fig. 3 is a kind of space-ground integration network architecture diagram of the voice control method of the point-to-multipoint communication service in a group in the prior art
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram of a space-ground integrated network architecture of a method for controlling the speech rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by still another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by still another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by still another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for speaking rights control of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for speaking rights control of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by still another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a voice right control apparatus for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • the term “plurality” refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • the voice control methods of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group mainly include the voice control method of the on-grid functional model and the voice control method of the off-grid functional model.
  • the key task push-to-talk (English full name: Mission Critical Push to Talk, abbreviated as: MCPTT) business on-network function model speech right control method please refer to the TS23.379 standard.
  • the process of speech right request, speech right granting, and speech right occupation is taken as an example for description.
  • the target group includes two terminal devices, which are terminal device A and terminal device B respectively.
  • Terminal device A has participant A
  • terminal device B has participant B to jointly participate in the MCPTT service.
  • the speech right control method of the MCPTT service in the network function model includes the following steps:
  • step 101 a speech right control channel has been established between participant A, participant B and the speech right control server.
  • Step 102 Participant A determines that there is a need to speak.
  • Step 103 Participant A sends a speech right request to the speech right control server.
  • the speech right request carries the speech right priority and other necessary information.
  • Step 104 the speaking right control server determines the speaking right request based on the standard and takes a corresponding operation.
  • the session right control server determines the session right request to take a grant, deny or queue operation based on participant A's session right priority and/or participant type.
  • the speaking right control server can also limit the duration of participant A's speaking right through configuration.
  • Step 105a the speaking right control server sends a speaking right granting message to participant A.
  • Step 105b the speaking right control server sends a speaking right occupying message to other participants.
  • the speech right occupation message includes the information of the speech right grantor.
  • the other participant within the target group in Figure 1 is participant B.
  • Step 105c Participant A sends a speech right confirmation message to the speech right control server.
  • participant A receives the speech right granting message
  • the speech right control server indicates that the speech right is granted to participant A, so participant A sends a speech right confirmation message to the speech right control server.
  • Step 105d Participant B sends a speech right confirmation message to the speech right control server.
  • participant B After participant B receives the speech right occupation message, it parses out the speech right occupation message containing the information of the speech right grantor, indicating that the speech right control server instructs the speech right to be granted to participant A, so participant B sends the speech right control server to the speech right control server.
  • the server sends a voice confirmation message.
  • Step 106a Participant A notifies the user of the terminal device A where he is located to grant the speaking right.
  • Step 106b Participant B notifies that the user's voice right of the terminal device B is occupied.
  • Step 107 Participant A starts to send voice.
  • Step 108 Participant B determines that there is a need to speak.
  • Step 109 Participant B sends a speech right request to the speech right control server.
  • Step 110 the speech right control server queues the speech right request of participant B.
  • Step 111a the speech right control server sends the location information of participant B's speech right request in the queue to participant B.
  • Step 111b Participant B sends a voice right confirmation message to the voice right control server.
  • speech right control processes in the speech right control method of the MCPTT service on-net function model such as speech right revocation, speech right release, etc., are detailed in TS23.379, and will not be repeated here.
  • the speech right control in other groups is also uniformly performed by the speech right control server. Therefore, in the speech right control method of the network function model, the speech right control server performs unified and centralized control of the speech right of the terminal equipment of each group. As a result, the speech right control burden of the speech right control server is heavy.
  • the target group includes four terminal devices, namely, terminal device 1 , terminal device 2 , and terminal device 3 and terminal device 4 .
  • Terminal device 1 has MCPTT client 1
  • terminal device 2 has MCPTT client 2
  • terminal device 3 has MCPTT client 3
  • terminal device 4 has MCPTT client 4.
  • the speech right control method of the MCPTT service off-grid functional model includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 the MCPTT client 1 sends a voice media stream.
  • Step 202 the MCPTT client 2 sends a speech right request message in the target group.
  • step 203 the MCPTT client 1, as the voice control client, puts the voice request of the MCPTT client 2 into the voice queue.
  • step 204 the MCPTT client 1 sends a queue position information message in the target group to notify the members in the group that other clients' voice requests have been queued.
  • the speech right request of the MCPTT client 2 has the highest priority.
  • step 205 the MCPTT client 1 releases the speech right and sends a speech right granting message.
  • This message contains the MCPTT ID of the authorized session.
  • the queue list may also be included in the speech right granting message.
  • the MCPTT ID granted the speech right is the ID of the MCPTT client 2
  • the MCPTT client 1 may also carry the maximum duration of the voice media sent by the MCPTT client 2 in the speech right granting message.
  • Step 206 the MCPTT client 2 sends the voice media stream and becomes a new voice control client.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram of a space-ground integrated network architecture of a method for controlling the speech rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group in the prior art.
  • satellite 1, satellite 2 and satellite 3 to form an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • a base station (gNB for short) and a user plane function network element (full English name: user plane function abbreviation: UPF) are carried on each satellite.
  • Each terminal device communicates with the gateway station deployed on the ground through the inter-satellite transmission tunnel, and then communicates with the speech right control server through the 5G core network (abbreviation: 5GC).
  • 5GC 5G core network
  • the speaking right control process requires multiple interactions between the terminal device and the speaking right control server, for example, the speaking right request message needs to be forwarded to the ground gateway through the onboard UPF, and then sent to the speaking right control server.
  • the speech right response message is forwarded to the on-board UPF through the ground gateway station, and then sent to the terminal equipment, resulting in a large round-trip delay and a large delay in the speech right control.
  • the inventor found through creative research that the point-to-multipoint communication service within a group usually has its own service center, and the service center has functions such as group management and speech right control. Therefore, the corresponding device with control right can be configured for each group by the business center in advance according to the business policy, that is, the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the device with control right can be constructed. In the control right, the speech right control is included. And in order to save resources and reduce time delay, the device with the control right can be a terminal device, and can be configured as a terminal device in the group or a terminal device outside the group according to requirements.
  • the group call request After the service center receives the group call request sent by the terminal equipment of a certain group in the target group, the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the pre-built identification information of each group and the identification of the terminal equipment with control rights.
  • the mapping relationship of the information determines the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group.
  • the service center sends the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment determines the corresponding terminal equipment with the control right, and then requests the terminal equipment with the control right for a call. right.
  • the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group. Since the service center pre-configures the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights for each group, by sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, the group in the target group.
  • the terminal device explicitly requests the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the indication of the role of the control right to the terminal device with the right to control, so that the terminal device with the right to control clearly assumes the right to speak to the corresponding target group Control roles, and control the speech rights of the corresponding target group by the terminal device with control rights, so that the speech rights control tasks of the speech rights control server are dispersed by groups, but the dialogue rights in each group can be distributed.
  • Centralized control is carried out, so the right to speak can be controlled more reasonably.
  • the terminal equipment controls the speaking rights of the terminal devices in the group.
  • the speech right control process does not need to go back and forth between heaven and earth, so it can effectively reduce the delay of speech right control and effectively improve the speech rights. Efficiency of power control.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram of a space-ground integrated network architecture of a voice control method for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the service center of the T2mT service replaces the voice control server.
  • the service center pre-configures the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights for each group.
  • terminal device 1 abbreviation: UE1
  • terminal device 2 abbreviation: UE2
  • UE3 abbreviation: UE3
  • the terminal device 4 outside the target group is a terminal device (abbreviated as: C-UE) with the control right of the target group.
  • any terminal device in the target group is a terminal device with control right of the target group.
  • the service center sends the identification information of the terminal device with control right to the group terminal device, and the group terminal device requests the right to speak to the terminal device with control right.
  • the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal equipment with the control right, and the terminal equipment with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various systems, especially 5G systems.
  • the 5G system includes terminal equipment and network equipment, in which the core network equipment includes: session management function network element (full English name: Session Management Function, abbreviated as: SMF).
  • session management function network element full English name: Session Management Function, abbreviated as: SMF.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal device may be different.
  • the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling session rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of this embodiment is a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group
  • the right control device for the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group can be located in the service center.
  • the service center is the point-to-multipoint communication service center in the group, which can provide business services through servers or server clusters.
  • the speech right control method of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by the embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 Receive a group call request sent by a terminal device of a first group in a target group, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group.
  • the target group is a group that needs to perform point-to-multipoint communication services within the group.
  • each group terminal device in the target group needs to establish a protocol data unit (English full name: Protocol Data Unit, abbreviated as PDU) to the service center ) session, a group call establishment process is initiated by a group terminal device in the target group.
  • a certain group terminal device is the first group terminal device in the target group.
  • a group call request is sent to the service center.
  • the group call request includes identification information of the target group, referred to as Group ID for short. Then the business center receives the group call request and parses out the Group ID.
  • the Group ID can be the serial number of the target group in all groups, the name and other information indicating the unique target group.
  • Step 302 Determine the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal device with control right.
  • the service center configures terminal devices with control rights for each group in advance according to the service policy, and constructs the identification information of each group and the corresponding control rights for each group.
  • the mapping relationship of the identification information of the terminal equipment is stored, and the mapping relationship is stored. Therefore, after the identification information of the target group is parsed, the identification information of the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the identification information of the target group is determined in the mapping relationship, and then the identification information of the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group is determined.
  • Terminal Equipment Terminal Equipment.
  • the terminal device with control right is a terminal device with speech right control function
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group may be a group terminal device within the target group, or may be a group terminal device outside the target group A terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • Step 303 Send the identification information of the terminal device having the control right to the group terminal device in the target group, so that the group terminal device requests the right to speak to the terminal device having the control right.
  • the group call establishment process can be used to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, and the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right can be abbreviated as: C-UE ID .
  • the C-UE ID may be the serial number of the terminal device with control rights in all terminal devices, and the user name of the terminal device with control rights and other information indicating the only terminal device with control rights.
  • the group terminal device After the group terminal device receives the identification information of the terminal device with the control right, if there is a need to speak, it requests the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right.
  • Step 304 Send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, and the terminal device with the control right determines the corresponding
  • the target group has control rights, and the control rights include voice control. And when the group terminal device of the target group requests the speaking right to it, the speaking right control operation is performed.
  • the group terminal equipment of the target group requests the speaking right from the corresponding terminal equipment with the control right, and the terminal equipment with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal equipment with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • only the inter-satellite transmission tunnel is required for signaling forwarding, and there is no need for forwarding through the gateway station deployed on the ground.
  • the group call request sent by the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group is received, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group;
  • the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the pre-built identification information of each group and the identification information of terminal equipment with control rights determine the terminal equipment with control rights corresponding to the target group;
  • to the group terminal equipment in the target group Send the identification information of the terminal device with the control right, so that the group terminal device requests the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right;
  • the terminal device with the control right performs the voice control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the service center pre-configures the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights for each group, by sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, the group in the target group
  • the terminal device explicitly requests the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the indication of the role of the control right to the terminal device with the right to control, so that the terminal device with the right to control clearly assumes the right to speak to the corresponding target group Control roles, and control the speech rights of the corresponding target group by the terminal device with control rights, so that the speech rights control tasks of the speech rights control server are dispersed by groups, but the dialogue rights in each group can be distributed. Centralized control is carried out, so the right to speak can be controlled more reasonably.
  • the terminal equipment controls the speaking rights of the terminal devices in the group.
  • the speech right control process does not need to go back and forth between heaven and earth, so it can effectively reduce the delay of speech right control and effectively improve the speech rights. Efficiency of power control.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the executive body of the control method is a voice right control device for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group, and the voice right control device for a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group is located in a terminal device with control rights, then the group provided by this embodiment
  • the speech right control method of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group includes the following steps:
  • Step 401 Receive the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center.
  • the group call establishment process can be used to send the identification information of the target group and the role indication of control rights to the terminal equipment with control rights , the terminal device with the control right receives the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication by using the group call establishment process.
  • Step 402 according to the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, determine that it is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with the control right determines that it is the terminal device with the control right of the target group corresponding to the identification information according to the identification information of the target group and the role indication of the control right, and the terminal device with the control right can The group terminal device in the target group performs the voice control operation.
  • Step 403 performing a speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with the control right performs the voice control operation according to the voice request.
  • the identification information and the control right role indication of the target group sent by the service center are received; the identification information and the control right role indication of the target group are determined according to the It is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group; and performs a speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with the control right receives the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role, so that the terminal device with the control right clearly assumes the speech right control role of the corresponding target group, and the terminal device with the control right controls the corresponding target group.
  • the speech right of the group is controlled, so that the speech right control task of the speech right control server is dispersed according to the group, but the conversation right in each group can be controlled centrally, so the speech right control can be performed more reasonably.
  • the terminal equipment controls the speaking rights of the terminal devices in the group. In the integrated network architecture of heaven and earth, the speech right control process does not need to go back and forth between heaven and earth, so it can effectively reduce the delay of speech right control and effectively improve the speech rights. Efficiency of power control.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling the session rights of an intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG.
  • the method for controlling the right to speak of a service when the terminal device with control rights corresponding to the target group is the terminal device of the first group, and the terminal device of the first group initiates a group call establishment process, Steps 303 to 304 in the first embodiment and step 401 in the second embodiment are further refined.
  • three group terminal devices in the target group are used as an example for description.
  • the provided speech right control method for the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 each group terminal device in the target group establishes a PDU session to the service center.
  • the PDU session includes: a data network name (full name in English: Data Network Name, abbreviation: DNN) identification.
  • the DNN is identified as T2mT.
  • Step 502 the first group terminal equipment in the target group sends a group call request to the service center, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group.
  • the first group terminal device is UE1.
  • the full English name of the business center is: T2mT Service Center.
  • the service center receives the group call request sent by the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group.
  • Step 503 the service center verifies the terminal equipment of the first group, and after the verification is passed, the target group is determined according to the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights.
  • the service center verifies the terminal equipment of the first group, it verifies whether the terminal equipment of the first group is in the group and whether it has the authority to initiate a group call request.
  • the service center determines the terminal with control rights corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of terminal equipment with control rights.
  • the device Before the device, it also includes:
  • the service center obtains the service policy of each group, determines the most suitable terminal equipment with control rights for each group according to the service policy, and then constructs the identification information of each group and the corresponding terminal equipment with control rights
  • the service center obtains the mapping relationship, and determines the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights corresponding to the target group according to the mapping relationship, and then determines The terminal equipment with control rights corresponding to the target group is exported.
  • Step 504 the service center sends a group call request to the terminal equipment of the second group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment of the first group, so that the terminal equipment of the second group can send the terminal equipment of the first group to the terminal equipment of the first group.
  • the device requests the right to speak.
  • step 504 is an optional implementation manner of step 303 .
  • the terminal devices of the second group are terminal devices other than the terminal devices of the first group in the target group.
  • the second group of terminal devices are UE2 and UE3. Therefore, step 504 includes step 504a and step 504b.
  • Step 504a the service center sends a group call request to the UE2, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment of the first group, so that the UE2 requests the right to speak to the UE1.
  • the terminal equipment of the first group is a terminal equipment with control rights, so the identification information of the terminal equipment of the first group is abbreviated as C-UE ID.
  • Step 504b the service center sends a group call request to the UE3, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment of the first group, so that the UE3 requests the right to speak to the UE1.
  • the group call request also carries the identification information of the target group, which is referred to as Group ID for short.
  • Step 505 the second group terminal device in the target group sends a group call response to the service center.
  • step 505 includes step 505a and step 505b.
  • Step 505a UE2 sends a group call response to the service center.
  • Step 505b UE3 sends a group call response to the service center.
  • Step 506 the service center sends a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, and the group call response includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the first group terminal equipment can respond to the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal device performs the voice control operation.
  • control role indication is abbreviated as: C-UE indication.
  • step 506 is an optional implementation manner of step 304 .
  • the first group terminal device receives a group call response sent by the service center, and the group call response includes identification information of the target group and an indication of a control right role.
  • the first group terminal device parses the group call response, obtains the identification information and the control right role indication of the target group, and determines that the first group terminal device is a terminal with control right corresponding to the target group
  • the device when a second group terminal device (such as UE2 or UE3) in the target group sends a speech right request, performs a speech right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • a second group terminal device such as UE2 or UE3
  • the speaking right can also be granted to the terminal device of the first group by default.
  • Step 507 each group terminal device in the target group establishes an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • the inter-satellite transmission tunnel is a transmission tunnel used for media plane data and session right control messages.
  • UE1, UE2 and UE3 establish an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • Step 508 The terminal equipment of the first group sends a speech right occupation message to the terminal equipment of the second group.
  • step 508 includes step 508a and step 508b.
  • Step 508a UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE2.
  • Step 508b UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE3.
  • Step 509 UE1 sends voice data to the second group terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the terminal device of the first group in the target group, and the terminal device of the first group initiates a group call
  • the service center can send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, and send the identification information and control of the target group to the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • the right role indication can not only control the speech rights more reasonably, effectively reduce the delay of speech rights control, and effectively improve the efficiency of speech rights control, but also make full use of the network resources in the group call establishment process to meet the needs of terminal equipment with control rights. It is the first group terminal device in the target group and the first group terminal device initiates a group call request for speech right control.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of an intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication provided by this embodiment On the basis of implementing the first and second embodiments, the method for controlling the right to speak of a service, the terminal device with control rights corresponding to the target group is the terminal device of the third group in the target group, and the terminal device of the first group initiates a group call During the establishment process, steps 303 to 304 in the first embodiment and step 401 in the second embodiment are further refined. In this embodiment, three group terminal devices in the target group are used as an example for description. Then the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 601 each group terminal device in the target group establishes a PDU session to the service center.
  • the DNN identifier is included in the PDU session.
  • the DNN is identified as T2mT.
  • Step 602 the first group terminal device in the target group sends a group call request to the service center, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group.
  • the terminal device of the first group is UE2.
  • the service center receives the group call request sent by the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group.
  • Step 603 the service center verifies the terminal equipment of the first group, and after the verification is passed, the target group is determined according to the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights.
  • Step 604 the service center sends a group call request to the third group terminal equipment, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the third group terminal equipment can respond to the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal device performs the voice control operation.
  • step 604 is an optional implementation manner of step 304 .
  • the third group terminal device receives the group call request sent by the service center, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role.
  • the third group terminal device is any terminal device in the second group terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group.
  • the second group terminal equipment is UE1 and UE3
  • the third group terminal equipment is UE1
  • the second group terminal equipment except the third group terminal equipment is UE3.
  • the terminal device of the third group parses the group call request, obtains the identification information of the target group and the role indication of the control right, and determines that the terminal device of the third group is the corresponding target
  • the terminal device with the control right of the group when the terminal device of the first group (such as UE2) in the target group or the terminal device of the second group (such as UE3) except the third group sends a speech right request, Execute the speaking right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • Step 605 Send a group call request to the terminal equipment of the second group except the terminal equipment of the third group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment of the third group, so that the terminal equipment of the third group is not included in the group call request.
  • the terminal equipment of the second group outside the terminal equipment requests the speaking right from the terminal equipment of the third group.
  • Step 606 the second group terminal device in the target group sends a group call response to the service center.
  • the second group of terminal devices may be UE1 and UE3.
  • the third group terminal equipment is UE1. Therefore, step 606 includes steps 606a and 606b.
  • Step 606a UE1 sends a group call response to the service center.
  • Step 606b UE3 sends a group call response to the service center.
  • Step 607 The service center sends a group call response to the terminal equipment of the first group, and the group call response includes the identification information of the terminal equipment of the third group, so that the terminal equipment of the first group requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment of the third group .
  • step 605 and step 607 are an optional implementation manner of step 303 .
  • the Group ID is also included.
  • the speaking right can also be granted to the terminal device of the third group by default.
  • Step 608 each group terminal device in the target group establishes an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • the inter-satellite transmission tunnel is a transmission tunnel used for media plane data and session right control messages.
  • UE1, UE2 and UE3 establish an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • Step 609 the third group terminal device sends a speech right occupation message to the first group terminal device and the second group terminal device except the third group terminal device.
  • the terminal device of the first group is UE2.
  • the second group terminal device other than the third group terminal device is UE3, so step 609 includes step 609a and step 609b.
  • Step 609a UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE2.
  • Step 609b UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE3.
  • Step 610 the third group terminal equipment sends voice data to the first group terminal equipment and the second group terminal equipment except the third group terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the third group terminal device in the target group, and the first group terminal device initiates a group call
  • the service center can send the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, and send the identification information and control of the target group to the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • the right role indication can not only control the speech rights more reasonably, effectively reduce the delay of speech rights control, and effectively improve the efficiency of speech rights control, but also make full use of the resources of the group call establishment process, so that the terminal equipment with control rights can be
  • the terminal equipment of the third group in the target group is controlled by the voice in the scenario when the terminal equipment of the first group initiates a group call request.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling the session rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the point-to-multipoint communication within a group provided by this embodiment On the basis of implementing the first and second embodiments of the method for controlling the right to speak of a service, when the terminal device with control rights corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group, steps 303 to 304 in the first embodiment and Step 401 in the second embodiment is further refined.
  • two group terminal devices in the target group are used as an example for description. If the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment is The right control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 each group terminal device in the target group and the terminal device having the control right establish a PDU session to the service center.
  • the DNN identifier is included in the PDU session.
  • the DNN is identified as T2mT.
  • Step 702 The first group terminal device in the target group sends a group call request to the service center, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group.
  • the terminal device of the first group is UE2.
  • the service center receives the group call request sent by the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group.
  • the first group terminal device when the first group terminal device sends the group call request to the service center, it may also carry the identifier of the request for the right to speak.
  • step 703 the service center verifies the terminal equipment of the first group, and after the verification is passed, the target group is determined according to the identification information of the target group and the mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights.
  • Step 704 the service center sends a group call request to the terminal equipment of the second group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the terminal equipment of the second group can send a group call request to the terminal equipment outside the target group.
  • the terminal equipment requests the right to speak.
  • the terminal devices of the second group are terminal devices other than the terminal devices of the first group in the target group.
  • the second group terminal device in the target group is UE3. Therefore, the service center sends a group call request to UE3 in the target group.
  • Step 705 The second group terminal device sends a group call response to the service center, where the group call response includes identification information of the target group.
  • Step 706 the service center sends a group call response to the terminal equipment of the first group, and the group call response includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the terminal equipment of the first group requests the terminal equipment outside the target group. right to speak.
  • step 704 and step 706 are an optional implementation manner of step 303 .
  • the service center sends a notification message of the right to speak to the terminal equipment outside the target group, and the notification message of the right to speak includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the role of control right, so that the terminal equipment outside the target group can respond to the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal equipment in the group performs the voice control operation.
  • the floor notification message can be called floor notification, which is not defined in the TS23.379 standard, and is used to send the identification information and The control role indicates the newly added message.
  • step 707 is an optional implementation manner of step 304 .
  • a speech right notification message sent by the service center is received, and the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication.
  • the speaking right notification message may further include the identifier of the first group terminal equipment requesting the speaking right.
  • Step 708 the terminal equipment outside the target group sends a voice right notification response to the service center.
  • the Group ID is included in the speech right notification response.
  • the speaking right notification response is a response corresponding to the speaking right notification message, which is not defined in the TS23.379 standard. It is to enable the service center to determine that the target group's identification information and control right role indication have been sent to terminals outside the target group. device and newly added messages.
  • step 706 and step 707 are the process of speaking right notification.
  • Step 709 each group terminal device in the target group and the terminal device outside the target group establish an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • the inter-satellite transmission tunnel is a transmission tunnel used for media plane data and session right control messages.
  • UE1, UE2 and UE3 establish an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • Step 710 If the terminal equipment outside the target group determines that the speaking right notification message includes the identifier of the speaking right requesting terminal equipment of the first group, it sends a speaking right granting message to the terminal equipment of the first group.
  • Step 711 the terminal equipment outside the target group sends a speech right occupation message to the terminal equipment in the second group.
  • Step 712 the first group terminal device sends voice data to the second group terminal device.
  • the service center can use the group call establishment process to communicate to the target group.
  • the group terminal equipment of the group sends the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right, and sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal equipment with the control right through the newly added speech right notification message during the group call establishment process. It can more reasonably control the speaking right, effectively reduce the delay of the speaking right control, effectively improve the efficiency of the speaking right control, and make full use of the group call establishment process, so that the terminal device with the control right is the terminal device outside the target group. control of speech rights in the current situation.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the execution subject of the control method is a terminal device with control right
  • the method for controlling the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is the method for controlling session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided in the second embodiment.
  • the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • step 403a it is judged whether a voice right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group in the corresponding target group is received, if so, step 403b is executed, otherwise, the process ends.
  • the terminal device having the control right plays the role of controlling the speech right of the group terminal device in the corresponding target group. Therefore, it is possible to monitor whether a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group in the corresponding target group is received. If a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group in the corresponding target group is monitored, a speech right control operation needs to be performed. If the voice request sent by a certain group terminal device in the corresponding target group is not detected, it means that the target group currently has no voice request for the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group, and the process ends.
  • step 403b according to the speech right request, it is judged whether to grant the terminal device of the group the speech right, if so, go to step 403c, otherwise go to step 403d.
  • the speech right request sent by the group terminal device in the target group may include speech right priority, and may also include other necessary information.
  • the terminal device with the control right determines, based on the standard, to take a corresponding action on the request for the right to speak.
  • the terminal device with the control right determines, based on the voice priority of the group terminal device and/or the type of the group terminal device, to grant, reject or queue the voice request.
  • Step 403c Send a speech right granting message to the group terminal device and send a speech right occupation message to other group terminal devices in the target group except the group terminal.
  • a speaking right granting message is sent to the group terminal device.
  • Step 403d enqueue the voice request in a queue or send a voice deny grant message to the terminal device of the group.
  • the group terminal device if it is determined according to the speaking right request that the group terminal device is not granted the speaking right, it is determined based on the speaking right priority of the group terminal device and/or the type of the group terminal device to reject or reject the speaking right request.
  • the queuing operation enqueues the request for the right of speech or sends the message of denying the right to speak to the terminal device of the group.
  • a terminal device with control right when a terminal device with control right performs a speech right control operation on a group terminal device in a corresponding target group, it determines whether the A voice request sent by a terminal device of a group in the corresponding target group; if it is determined that a voice request sent by a terminal device of a certain group is received, it is judged according to the voice request whether to grant the terminal device of the group the voice; If the group terminal device has the right to speak, a speaking right granting message is sent to the group terminal device and a speaking right occupation message is sent to other group terminal devices in the target group except the group terminal. It can be separated from the business center, and the terminal equipment with the control right can smoothly perform the right-of-speaking control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group. Effectively reduce the delay of speech right control and effectively improve the efficiency of speech right control.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the point-to-multipoint communication within a group provided by this embodiment is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction flow
  • the method for controlling the speech right of a service is based on the method for controlling speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided in Embodiment 6, and the terminal device having the control right is UE1, and the terminal devices currently having the speech right are UE1 and UE2
  • the method for controlling session rights of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 801 establishing an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • the inter-satellite transmission tunnel is a transmission tunnel used for media plane data and session right control messages.
  • UE1, UE2 and UE3 establish an inter-satellite transmission tunnel.
  • the terminal equipment with the control right is UE1
  • the terminal equipment with the current speaking right is UE1 and UE2.
  • step 802 UE3 sends a request for a speech right to UE1.
  • Step 803 UE1 judges whether to grant UE3 the right to speak based on the standard.
  • UE1 determines whether to grant UE3 the speech right based on the speech right priority of UE3 and/or the UE3 type.
  • Step 804 if it is determined that UE3 grants the speaking right, UE1 sends a speaking right revocation message to UE2.
  • Step 805 UE1 sends a speech right granting message to UE3.
  • Step 806 UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE2.
  • the speech right occupation message carries the identification information of the UE3 currently granted the speech right.
  • Step 807 UE1 and UE3 send voice data.
  • the terminal device with the control right performs other speech right control operations on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group, such as speech right release, speech right rewriting and the speech right shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the process of requesting, granting the speaking right, and occupying the speaking right is similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the execution subject of the control method is the session management function network element (full English name: Session Management Function, abbreviated as: SMF).
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • the SMF is located in the 5G core network of the network architecture shown in Figure 4.
  • the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 901 Obtain the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is determined by the service center, or the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group determines that it is based on the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication.
  • the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group is determined after the group terminal equipment in the target group performs the voice control operation; the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • the service center when sending the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with control right, grants the speaking right to the terminal device with control right by default, the service center will The identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently having the right to speak are sent to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, sent by the service center. In this manner, the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right is included in the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the terminal device with the control right determines the group terminal device that currently has the speaking right.
  • the identification information list of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak are directly sent to the SMF or the service center to receive the group that currently has the right to speak sent by the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • the list of identification information of terminal equipment is sent to SMF.
  • the SMF receives the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently possessing the speaking right sent by the terminal device having the control right. In this manner, the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak includes the identification information of the group terminal equipment in the target group.
  • the target group sent by the service center or the terminal equipment with the control right is received.
  • the identification information of the group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is received.
  • Step 902 Determine the current multicast data forwarding policy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal devices currently having the right to speak.
  • the group of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is determined in the target group.
  • the multicast data forwarding strategy is to allow it to forward multicast data, and to determine that the multicast data forwarding strategy of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the SMF obtains the target The identification information of the group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, determine that the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group is to allow it to forward multicast data, determine The multicast data forwarding policy of a group terminal device that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • Step 903 Send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device, so that the UPF receives the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal device and forwards it according to the corresponding current multicast data.
  • the policy forwards or discards multicast data.
  • the session process in the existing standard can be used to send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the UPF corresponding to the group terminal device.
  • the UPF After receiving the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal device, the UPF obtains the Corresponding multicast forwarding policy, if the multicast forwarding policy is to allow multicast data forwarding, the multicast data forwarding operation is performed. If the multicast forwarding policy is to discard the multicast data, the operation of discarding the multicast data is performed.
  • the multicast data may be voice data.
  • the method for controlling the speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment, by acquiring the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the speech right, according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information of the group terminal equipment.
  • the functional network element UPF so that after receiving the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal equipment, the UPF forwards or discards the multicast data according to the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, so that the SMF can perceive the
  • the operation of broadcasting data can effectively prevent the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to send voice data maliciously, and strengthens the control of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to send voice data.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the point-to-multipoint communication within a group provided by this embodiment The method for controlling the speech right of the service is based on the method for controlling the speech right of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided in the eighth embodiment, and obtains the identification information of the target group and the identification of the group terminal device that currently has the speech right from the service center.
  • the interaction process in the case of a list of information.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the first group terminal device, and the first group terminal device initiates the group call establishment process as an example for description.
  • the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 1001 the service center obtains the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • step 1001 before step 1001 is performed, as shown in steps 501 to 506 in the third embodiment, a group call establishment process is performed. And the business center grants the right to speak to the terminal device with the control right by default.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the terminal device of the first group. Therefore, the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently possessing the speaking right obtained by the service center includes the identification information of the terminal equipment having the control right. That is, the identification information of the terminal equipment of the first group is included.
  • Step 1002 the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, so that the SMF has the right to speak according to the identification information of the target group and the current right to speak.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment determines the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal equipment in the target group.
  • the SMF determines, according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group is to allow it to perform grouping. forwarding the multicast data, and determine that the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the SMF determines that the multicast data forwarding policy of UE1 in the target group is to allow it to perform multicast data forwarding. It is determined that the multicast data forwarding policy of UE2 and UE3 in the target group is to discard their multicast data.
  • Step 1003 the SMF triggers each group terminal device in the target group to establish a media plane and a voice control transmission tunnel, and sends an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPF corresponding to each group terminal device, an N4 session establishment request And/or the update request includes the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy.
  • an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request is sent to the UPF corresponding to the UE1, and the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy.
  • the packet detection rule (full English name: Packet Detection Rule, abbreviated as: PDR) in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request includes UE1's device information such as IP address, in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request
  • the forwarding action rule (full name in English: Forwarding Action Rule, abbreviated as: FAR) includes allowing it to forward multicast data.
  • the PDR in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes the identification information of UE2, and the FAR in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes discarding its multicast data.
  • the PDR in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes the identification information of UE3, and the FAR in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes discarding its multicast data.
  • Step 1004 UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE2.
  • Step 1005 UE1 sends a speech right occupation message to UE3.
  • Step 1006 the multicast data of UE1 is sent to the corresponding UPF, and the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, allowing the multicast data to be forwarded normally.
  • the multicast data of UE2 and UE3 are sent to the corresponding UPF, the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, and the multicast data is discarded.
  • the multicast data may be voice data.
  • the identification information of the target group and the group currently possessing the speaking right can be directly transferred from the service center.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment is sent to the SMF, so that the SMF perceives the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, and makes the UPF update the target group according to the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the multicast forwarding policy of each group terminal device and then operate the multicast data according to the multicast forwarding policy, which not only effectively prevents the terminal device of the group that does not currently have the right to send voice data maliciously, but also strengthens the group that does not currently have the right to speak.
  • the control of the terminal equipment sending voice data, and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak can be obtained without going through the inter-satellite transmission tunnel, which effectively reduces the acquisition in the initial stage of determining the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the point-to-multipoint communication within a group provided by this embodiment is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction flow
  • the method for controlling the speech right of a service is based on the method for controlling the speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided in Embodiments 7 and 8.
  • the SMF obtains the target group.
  • the interaction process in the case of the identification information of the group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the terminal device having the control right in Embodiment 7 is UE1
  • the terminal devices currently having the speaking right are UE1 and UE2 as examples for description.
  • the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 1101 Send a protocol data unit PDU session update request to the SMF, where the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is abbreviated as: UE ID list.
  • the terminal device with the control right determines the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment includes: the identification information of UE1 and UE3.
  • steps 801 to 806 are also performed.
  • the specific implementation process of step 801 to step 806 is similar to that in Embodiment 7, and details are not repeated here.
  • step 1101 is an optional implementation manner in which the terminal device having the control right sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the speaking right to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the PDU session update request sent by the terminal device with the control right, and the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak.
  • the identification information of UE1 and UE3 is included in the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently having the speaking right included in the PDU session update request.
  • Step 1102 the SMF sends an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2.
  • the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy is included in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request.
  • the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2 are the same UPF.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to UE1 is to allow UE1 to perform multicast data forwarding.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to UE2 is to discard the multicast data of UE2.
  • Step 1103 the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2 send N4 session responses to the SMF.
  • Step 1104 the SMF sends an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPF corresponding to the UE3.
  • the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy is included in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to UE3 is to allow UE3 to forward multicast data.
  • Step 1105 the UPF corresponding to UE3 sends an N4 session response to the SMF.
  • Step 1106 the SMF sends a PDU session update response to UE1.
  • step 1107 the multicast data of UE1 and UE3 are sent to the corresponding UPF, and the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, allowing the multicast data to be forwarded normally.
  • the multicast data of UE2 is sent to the corresponding UPF, the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, and the multicast data is discarded.
  • the identification information and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak are sent to the SMF, so that the SMF perceives the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, and according to the The list of identification information enables UPF to update the multicast forwarding policy of each group terminal device in the target group, and then operates the multicast data according to the multicast forwarding policy, which can effectively prevent the group terminal devices that do not currently have the right to speak maliciously from sending voice data. , which strengthens the control PDU for sending voice data by group terminal devices that currently do not have the right to speak.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a signaling interaction flow of a method for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the point-to-multipoint communication within a group provided by this embodiment is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction flow
  • the method for controlling the speech right of a service is based on the method for controlling the speech right of a point-to-multipoint communication service in a group provided in Embodiments 7 and 8.
  • the SMF obtains the target group.
  • the interaction process in the case of the identification information of the group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the terminal device having the control right in Embodiment 7 is UE1
  • the terminal devices currently having the speaking right are UE1 and UE2 as examples for description.
  • the method for controlling the session rights of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 1201 the terminal equipment with the control right sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment with the speaking right to the service center.
  • the service center receives the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the speaking right and is sent by the terminal equipment that has the control right.
  • step 1201 before step 1201 is performed, steps 801 to 806 are also performed.
  • the specific implementation process of step 801 to step 806 is similar to that in Embodiment 7, and details are not repeated here.
  • the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently possessing the speaking right sent by the terminal device having the control right to the service center includes: the identification information of UE1 and UE3.
  • Step 1202 the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF.
  • Step 1203 the SMF sends an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2.
  • the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy is included in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request.
  • the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2 are the same UPF.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to UE1 is to allow UE1 to perform multicast data forwarding.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to UE2 is to discard the multicast data of UE2.
  • Step 1204 the UPFs corresponding to UE1 and UE2 send N4 session responses to the SMF.
  • Step 1205 the SMF sends an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPF corresponding to UE3.
  • the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy is included in the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request.
  • the current multicast data forwarding policy included in the N4 session establishment request and/or update request sent to the UPF corresponding to UE3 is to allow UE3 to forward multicast data.
  • Step 1206 the UPF corresponding to UE3 sends an N4 session response to the SMF.
  • step 1203 to step 1206 is similar to the implementation manner of step 1102 to step 1105 in Embodiment 10, and details are not repeated here.
  • step 1207 the multicast data of UE1 and UE3 are sent to the corresponding UPF, and the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, allowing the multicast data to be forwarded normally.
  • the multicast data of UE2 is sent to the corresponding UPF, the UPF matches the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy, and the multicast data is discarded.
  • step 1207 the implementation manner of step 1207 is similar to that of step 1107 in Embodiment 10, and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device with the control right when the terminal device with the control right performs the speech right control operation, the terminal device with the control right can notify the target group of the service center through the user plane The identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, and then the service center sends the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the SMF.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for speaking right control of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the speaking right control of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the device is located in the business center.
  • the device for controlling the speech right of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided in this embodiment includes: a transceiver 1300 , which is used for receiving and sending data under the control of the processor 1310 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, in particular one or more processors represented by processor 1310 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1320 linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1300 may be multiple elements, ie, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 1310 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1320 may store data used by the processor 1310 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1310 may be a central processor (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Comple13Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the memory 1320 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1300 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1310; the processor 1310 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the mapping relationship of the terminal equipment identification information determines the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group; sends the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment can send the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to determine the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal device with control right.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to determine the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal device with control right.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the terminal device of the first group.
  • the processor 1310 configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights, specifically includes:
  • the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group;
  • the processor 1310 is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group When operating, it specifically includes:
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a third group terminal device in the target group.
  • the processor 1310 configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights, specifically includes:
  • the terminal equipment of the second group requests the speaking right from the terminal equipment of the third group, and the terminal equipment of the second group is the terminal equipment other than the terminal equipment of the first group in the target group.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group When operating, it specifically includes:
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group.
  • the processor 1310 configured to send the identification information of the terminal equipment with control rights to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that when the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with control rights, specifically includes:
  • the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment in the target group except the first group terminal equipment; send a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, the group call response includes the terminal equipment outside the target group identification information, so that the terminal equipment of the first group requests the speaking right from the terminal equipment outside the target group;
  • the processor 1310 is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group When operating, it specifically includes:
  • the speaking right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the terminal equipment outside the target group can respond to the corresponding group in the target group.
  • the group terminal device performs the session right control operation.
  • the processor 1310 configured to send the control right role indication to the terminal device having the control right, so that after the terminal device having the control right performs the speech right control operation, further includes:
  • the identification information of the group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently having the right to speak determine the current multicast data forwarding strategy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group, and send the current multicast data forwarding strategy to the group User plane functional network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal device.
  • processor 1310 when the processor 1310 is configured to acquire the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, it specifically includes:
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the control device is located in the terminal device with control rights.
  • the device for controlling the session right of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided in this embodiment includes: a transceiver 1400 for receiving and sending data under the control of the processor 1410 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1420 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1400 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1430 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 1410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1420 may store data used by the processor 1400 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1410 may be a CPU (central processor), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, an application-specific integrated circuit), an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array, a field programmable gate array) or a CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) , complex programmable logic devices), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • complex programmable logic devices complex programmable logic devices
  • the processor is configured to execute any method provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processor and memory may also be physically separated.
  • the memory 1420 is used to store the computer program; the transceiver 1400 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1410; the processor 1410 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the group terminal equipment within the group performs the session right control operation.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the processor 1410 when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes: receiving a group call response sent by the service center, where the group call response includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication. Control role indication.
  • the terminal device with control right is the third group terminal device in the corresponding target group, and the third group terminal device is in the second group terminal device except the first group terminal device in the target group of any terminal device.
  • the processor 1410 when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes: receiving a group call request sent by the service center, where the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication. Control role indication;
  • the terminal device with the control right is the terminal device outside the target group.
  • the processor 1410 when receiving the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center, specifically includes:
  • a speech right notification message sent by the service center is received, and the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role.
  • the processor 1410 when the processor 1410 performs a speech right control operation on a group terminal device in a corresponding target group, it specifically includes:
  • the processor 1410 after performing the speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group, further includes:
  • the processor 1410 when the processor 1410 sends, to the session management function network element SMF, the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, it specifically includes:
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the control device is located in the session management function network element SMF.
  • the device for controlling the session right of the point-to-multipoint communication service in the group provided in this embodiment includes: a transceiver 1500 for receiving and sending data under the control of the processor 1510 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1510 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1520 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1500 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1530 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 1510 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1520 may store data used by the processor 1500 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1510 may be a CPU (central processor), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, an application-specific integrated circuit), an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array, a field programmable gate array) or a CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) , complex programmable logic devices), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • complex programmable logic devices complex programmable logic devices
  • the processor is configured to execute any method provided by the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processor and memory may also be physically separated.
  • the memory 1520 is used to store the computer program; the transceiver 1500 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1510; the processor 1510 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the terminal device with the control right determines that it is the terminal device with the control right of the corresponding target group according to the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role, and determines the terminal device after performing the speech right control operation on the group terminal device in the target group.
  • the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal equipment with the control right; According to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently possessing the right to speak, each group terminal equipment in the target group is determined Corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy; send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal equipment, so that the UPF receives the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal equipment according to the corresponding The current multicast data forwarding policy for multicast data is forwarded or discarded.
  • the processor 1510 when the processor 1510 is configured to acquire the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, it specifically includes:
  • the processor 1510 when the processor 1510 receives the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, sent by the terminal device with the control right, the processor 1510 specifically includes:
  • a PDU session update request sent by a terminal device with control right is received, and the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak.
  • the processor 1510 when determining the current multicast data forwarding policy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device currently having the right to speak. , including:
  • the multicast data forwarding policy of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group is to allow it to forward multicast data
  • the multicast data forwarding strategy of the terminal equipment in the target group that does not currently have the right to speak is to discard its multicast data
  • the method specifically includes:
  • An N4 session establishment request and/or update request is sent to the UPF corresponding to each group terminal device, and the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request includes the corresponding current multicast data forwarding policy.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the speech right control device 1600 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided in this embodiment includes: a receiving unit 1601 , a determining unit 1602 , and a sending unit 1603 .
  • the receiving unit 1601 is configured to receive a group call request sent by a terminal device of a first group in the target group, where the group call request includes identification information of the target group.
  • the determining unit 1602 is configured to determine the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built mapping relationship between the identification information of each group and the identification information of the terminal device with control right.
  • the sending unit 1603 is configured to send the identification information of the terminal device with the control right to the group terminal device in the target group, so that the group terminal device requests the speaking right from the terminal device with the control right.
  • the sending unit 1603 is further configured to send the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right executes the right to speak to the group terminal device in the corresponding target group Control operation.
  • the speech right control apparatus 1600 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service further includes: a construction unit, configured to determine the unit according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built identification information of each group and the Before determining the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group, set the terminal equipment with the control right for each group according to the business policy; construct the identification information of each group and the corresponding The mapping relationship of the identification information of terminal devices with control rights.
  • a construction unit configured to determine the unit according to the identification information of the target group and the pre-built identification information of each group and the Before determining the terminal equipment with the control right corresponding to the target group, set the terminal equipment with the control right for each group according to the business policy; construct the identification information of each group and the corresponding The mapping relationship of the identification information of terminal devices with control rights.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is the terminal device of the first group.
  • the second group terminal equipment in the group sends a group call request, and the group call request includes the identification information of the first group terminal equipment, so that the second group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the first group terminal equipment, and the second group terminal equipment
  • the group terminal device is the terminal device other than the first group terminal device in the target group.
  • the sending unit 1603 sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group is specifically used to: send a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, the group call response includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the first group terminal equipment can respond to the corresponding target group
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation is specifically used to: send a group call response to the first group terminal equipment, the group call response includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the first group terminal equipment can respond to the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a third group terminal device in the target group.
  • the second group terminal equipment in the group except the third group terminal equipment sends a group call request, and the group call request includes the identification information of the third group terminal equipment, so that the second group except the third group terminal equipment
  • the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the third group terminal equipment, and the second group terminal equipment is a terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group; sends a group call response to the first group terminal equipment,
  • the group call response includes identification information of the terminal equipment of the third group, so that the terminal equipment of the first group requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment of the third group.
  • the sending unit 1603 sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group is specifically used to: send a group call request to the terminal equipment of the third group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role, so that the terminal equipment of the third group can identify the target group within the corresponding target group.
  • the group terminal device that performs the session right control operation is specifically used to: send a group call request to the terminal equipment of the third group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role, so that the terminal equipment of the third group can identify the target group within the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with control right corresponding to the target group is a terminal device outside the target group.
  • the sending unit 1603, when sending the identification information of the terminal equipment with the control right to the group terminal equipment in the target group, so that the group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment with the control right is specifically used for: Send a group call request to the terminal equipment of the second group in the target group, and the group call request includes the identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the terminal equipment of the second group requests a call to the terminal equipment outside the target group.
  • the second group terminal equipment is the terminal equipment other than the first group terminal equipment in the target group.
  • a group call response is sent to the first group terminal equipment, where the group call response includes identification information of the terminal equipment outside the target group, so that the first group terminal equipment requests the right to speak to the terminal equipment outside the target group.
  • the sending unit 1603 sends the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication to the terminal device with the control right, so that the terminal device with the control right performs the speaking right control operation on the group terminal device in the corresponding target group is specifically used to: send a speaking right notification message to terminal equipment outside the target group, where the speaking right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, so that the terminal equipment outside the target group can respond to the corresponding The group terminal device in the target group performs the voice control operation.
  • the speech right control apparatus 1600 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service further includes: an acquiring unit.
  • the obtaining unit is used to obtain the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the sending unit 1603 is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment currently possessing the session right to the session management function network element SMF, so that the SMF can Determine the current multicast data forwarding policy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group, and send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network corresponding to the group terminal device Meta UPF.
  • the obtaining unit is specifically configured to: receive the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the speaking right and is sent by the terminal equipment that has the control right.
  • the method and the apparatus are conceived based on the same application. Since the method and the apparatus have similar principles for solving problems, the implementation of the apparatus and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the control apparatus is located in a terminal device with control rights, and the speech rights control apparatus 1700 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided in this embodiment includes: a receiving unit 1701 , a determining unit 1702 , and a control unit 1703 .
  • the receiving unit 1701 is configured to receive the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication sent by the service center.
  • the determining unit 1702 is configured to determine, according to the target group's target information and the control right role indication, that it is a terminal device with control right of the corresponding target group.
  • the control unit 1703 is configured to perform a speech right control operation on the group terminal equipment in the corresponding target group.
  • the terminal device with the control right is the first group terminal device in the corresponding target group.
  • the receiving unit 1701 is specifically configured to: receive a group call response sent by the service center, where the group call response includes identification information of the target group and an indication of a control right role.
  • the terminal device with control right is the third group terminal device in the corresponding target group, and the third group terminal device is in the second group terminal device except the first group terminal device in the target group
  • the receiving unit 1701 is specifically configured to: receive a group call request sent by the service center, where the group call request includes the identification information of the target group and the indication of the control right role.
  • the terminal device with the control right is a terminal device outside the target group, correspondingly, the receiving unit 1701 is specifically configured to: receive a speech right notification message sent by the service center, where the speech right notification message includes the identification information of the target group and Control role indication.
  • control unit 1703 is specifically configured to: determine whether a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group in the corresponding target group is received; if it is determined that a speech right request sent by a terminal device of a certain group is received, then Request to determine whether to grant the group terminal equipment the right to speak; if it is determined to grant the group terminal equipment to have the right to speak, send a speaking right grant message to the group terminal equipment to the target group except the group terminal The other group terminal equipments of the group send the speech right occupying message.
  • the speech right control apparatus 1700 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided in this embodiment further includes: a sending unit.
  • the determining unit 1702 is configured to determine the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the service center or the session management function network element SMF.
  • the sending unit when sending the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak to the session management function network element SMF, is specifically configured to: send a protocol data unit PDU session update to the SMF. request, the PDU session update request includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for controlling a session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the session right of a point-to-multipoint communication service within a group provided by this embodiment is shown in FIG. 21 .
  • the control apparatus is located in the session management function network element SMF, and the speech right control apparatus 1800 for the intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service provided in this embodiment includes: an obtaining unit 1801 , a determining unit 1802 , and a sending unit 1803 .
  • the obtaining unit 1801 is used to obtain the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak is determined by the service center, Or the terminal device with the control right corresponding to the target group determines that it is the terminal device with the control right of the corresponding target group according to the identification information of the target group and the control right role indication, and controls the group terminal device in the target group. It is determined after executing the speech right control operation; the control right role indication is sent by the service center to the terminal equipment with the control right.
  • the determining unit 1802 is configured to determine the current multicast data forwarding policy corresponding to each group terminal device in the target group according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal devices currently having the right to speak.
  • the sending unit 1803 is configured to send the current multicast data forwarding policy to the user plane function network element UPF corresponding to the group terminal equipment, so that after receiving the multicast data sent by the corresponding group terminal equipment, the UPF will The multicast data forwarding policy forwards or discards the multicast data.
  • the acquiring unit 1801 is specifically configured to: receive the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal device currently having the speaking right sent by the service center or the terminal device having the control right.
  • the obtaining unit 1801 when receiving the identification information of the target group sent by the terminal device with the control right and the identification information list of the group terminal device that currently has the right to speak, is specifically configured to: receive the terminal device with the control right.
  • the PDU session update request sent by the device includes the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak.
  • the determining unit 1802 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the identification information of the target group and the identification information list of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak, the multicast of the group terminal equipment that currently has the right to speak in the target group.
  • the data forwarding strategy is to allow it to forward multicast data, and to determine that the multicast data forwarding strategy of the group terminal equipment that does not currently have the right to speak in the target group is to discard its multicast data.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: send an N4 session establishment request and/or an update request to the UPF corresponding to each group terminal device, where the N4 session establishment request and/or the update request include the corresponding current multicast data forwarding Strategy.
  • the method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a stand-alone product, may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • the eighteenth embodiment of the present application provides a processor-readable storage medium, where the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the group provided by any one of the first to eleventh embodiments.
  • a processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including but not limited to magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.
  • optical storage eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质，该方法包括：接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。能够更加合理的进行话权控制，并且能够有效减少话权控制的时延。

Description

群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质
本申请要求于2021年3月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110262240.9、申请名称为“群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展，群组内点到多点通信业务(简称：T2mT)也取得了快速发展。为了保证群组内点到多点通信业务的顺利进行，需要对群组内终端设备的话权进行控制。
现有技术中，具有在网功能模型的话权控制方法及离网功能模型的话权控制方法。在在网功能模型的话权控制方法中，统一由话权控制服务器对每个群组的终端设备的话权进行控制。而在离网功能模型的话权控制方法中，群组内的终端设备均可以充当话权控制的角色。
所以现有技术的话权控制方法导致话权控制服务器的话权控制负担较重，或者每个群组中不能对话权进行集中控制，所以导致对话权控制的不合理。并且若采用天地一体化网络架构进行群组内点到多点通信业务，在采用在网功能模型进行话权控制时，会导致话权控制的时延较大。
发明内容
本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质，解决了现有技术中的话权控制方法导致话权控制服务器的话权控制负担较重，或者每个群组中不能对话权进行集中控制，所以导致对话权控制的不合理，并且若采用天地一体化网络架构进行群组内点到多点通信业务，在采用在网功能模型进行话权控制时，会导致话权控制的时延较大的技术问题。
第一方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，所述方法应用于业务中心，所述方法包括：
接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；
构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备；
所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本申请实施例中，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第一群组终端设备，且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，并向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程的资源，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第一群组终端设备且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时的场景下的话权控制。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备；
所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权；
所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示， 以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本申请实施例中，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，并向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程的资源，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第三群组终端设备且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时的场景下的话权控制。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本申请实施例中，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，通过在组呼建立过程中新增加的话权通知消息向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程的资源，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备时的场景下的话权控制。
可选地，所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
可选地，所述获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
本申请实施例中，获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，能够使SMF感知当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并按照当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单使UPF更新目标群组内各个群组终端设备的组播转发策略，进而按照组播转发策略进行组播数据的操作，能够有效防止当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备恶意发送语音数据，加强了对当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制。
第二方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，所述方法应用于具有控制权的终端设备，所述方法包括：
所述方法应用于具有控制权的终端设备，所述方法包括：
接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备；
所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备；
所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
可选地，所述对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；
若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；
若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
可选地，所述对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
第三方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，所述方法应用于会话管理功能网元SMF，所述方法包括：
获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
可选地，所述获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新 请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，包括：
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
可选地，所述将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，包括：
向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
第四方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置位于业务中心中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述处理器，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；
构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备；
所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执 行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备；
所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权；
所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
可选地，所述处理器，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
第五方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置位于具有控制权的终端设备中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备；
所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备；
所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
可选地，所述处理器，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；
若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；
若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
可选地，所述处理器，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述处理器，在向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
第六方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
可选地，所述处理器，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述处理器，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，所述处理器，在根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略时，具体包括：
根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
可选地，所述处理器，在将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF时，具体包括：
向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
第七方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置位于业务中心中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，用于接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
发送单元，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
所述发送单元，还用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述装置还包括：构建单元，用于确定单元根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备。所述发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和 控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备。发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权。发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备。发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权。发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，所述装置还包括：获取单元。获取单元，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。发送单元，用于将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
可选地，获取单元，具体用于：接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
第八方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置 位于具有控制权的终端设备中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，用于接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
控制单元，用于对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备。接收单元，具体用于：接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备，接收单元，具体用于：接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。或者，具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备，接收单元，具体用于：接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
可选地，控制单元，具体用于：判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
可选地，所述装置还包括：发送单元。
其中，确定单元，用于确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。发送单元，用于向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，发送单元，向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
第九方面，本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，所述装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中，所述装置包括：
获取单元，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
发送单元，用于将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
可选地，获取单元，具体用于：接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，获取单元，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，确定单元，具体用于：根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
可选地，发送单元，具体用于：向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
第十方面，本申请提供一种处理器可读存储介质，所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行第一方面或第二方面或第三方面任一项所述的方法。
本申请提供一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质，通过接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。由于业务中心预先对每个群组配置了对应的具有控制权的终端设备，通过向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，使目标群组内的群组终端设备明确向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，使具有控制权的终端设备明确其担当对应目标群组的话权控制角色，并由具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组的话权进行控制，从而将话权控制服务器的话权控制任务按群组进行了分散，但又能在每个群组内对话权进行集中控制，所以能够更加合理的进行话权控制。并且由终端设备对群组内的终端设备进行话权控制，在天地一体化网络架构中，话权控制过程无需再进行天地间的往返，所以能够有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率。
应当理解，上述发明内容部分中所描述的内容并非旨在限定本发明的实施例的关 键或重要特征，亦非用于限制本发明的范围。本发明的其它特征将通过以下的描述变得容易理解。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为一种现有技术中MCPTT业务的话权控制方法信令交互流程图；
图2为另一种现有技术中MCPTT业务的话权控制方法信令交互流程图；
图3为一种现有技术中的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的天地一体化网络架构图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的天地一体化网络架构图；
图5为本申请一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图；
图6为本申请另一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图；
图7为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图8为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图9为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图10为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图；
图11为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图12为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图；
图13为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图14为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图15为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图；
图16为本申请一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图；
图17为本申请另一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图；
图18为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图；
图19为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图；
图20为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图；
图21为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上，其它量词与之类似。
为了清楚理解本申请的技术方案，首先对现有技术的方案进行详细介绍。
现有技术中，群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法主要有在网功能模型的话权控制方法和离网功能模型的话权控制方法。
关键任务一键通(英文全称为：Mission Critical Push to Talk，简称为：MCPTT)业务在网功能模型的话权控制方法，可参考TS23.379标准。以话权请求、话权授予及话权占用过程为例进行说明。如图1所示，示例性的，目标群组内包括两个终端设备，分别为终端设备A和终端设备B。终端设备A中具有参与者A，终端设备B中具有参与者B，来共同参与MCPTT业务。MCPTT业务在网功能模型的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤101，参与者A、参与者B和话权控制服务器之间已建立话权控制通道。
步骤102，参与者A确定有发言需求。
步骤103，参与者A发送话权请求给话权控制服务器。
其中，话权请求中携带话权优先级和其他必要信息。
步骤104，话权控制服务器基于标准确定对话权请求采取对应的操作。
示例性的，话权控制服务器基于参与者A的话权优先级和/或参与者类型确定对话权请求采取授予，拒绝或排队操作。
其中，话权控制服务器还可通过配置限制参与者A拥有话权的时长。
步骤105a，话权控制服务器向参与者A发送话权授予消息。
步骤105b，话权控制服务器向其他参与者发送话权占用消息。
其中，在话权占用消息中包含话权授予者的信息。在图1中目标群组内的其他参与者为参与者B。
步骤105c，参与者A发送话权确认消息给话权控制服务器。
其中，参与者A接收到话权授予消息后，说明话权控制服务器指示话权授予给参与者A，所以参与者A向话权控制服务器发送话权确认消息。
步骤105d，参与者B发送话权确认消息给话权控制服务器。
其中，参与者B接收到话权占用消息后，解析出话权占用消息中包含话权授予者的信息，说明话权控制服务器指示话权授予给参与者A，所以参与者B向话权控制服务器发送话权确认消息。
步骤106a，参与者A通知所在的终端设备A的用户授予话权。
步骤106b，参与者B通知所在终端设备B的用户话权被占用。
步骤107，参与者A开始发送语音。
步骤108，参与者B确定有发言需求。
步骤109，参与者B发送话权请求给话权控制服务器。
步骤110，话权控制服务器对参与者B的话权请求进行排队。
步骤111a，话权控制服务器将参与者B的话权请求在队列中的位置信息发送给参与者B。
步骤111b，参与者B发送话权确认消息给话权控制服务器。
MCPTT业务在网功能模型的话权控制方法中其他话权控制过程如话权撤消、话权释放等，详见TS23.379，不在此赘述。并且该话权控制方法中，其他群组中的话权控制也是由话权控制服务器统一进行的。所以在网功能模型的话权控制方法中，是由话权控制服务器对每个群组的终端设备的话权进行统一集中式控制。导致话权控制服务器的话权控制负担较重。
MCPTT业务离网功能模型的话权控制方法，可参考TS23.379标准。以话权请求、话权授予及话权占用过程为例进行说明。如图2所示，示例性的，目标群组内包括四个终端设备，分别为终端设备1、终端设备2及终端设备3和终端设备4。终端设备1中具有MCPTT客户端1，终端设备2中具有MCPTT客户端2，终端设备3中具有MCPTT客户端3，终端设备4中具有MCPTT客户端4。四个客户端来共同参与MCPTT业务。MCPTT业务离网功能模型的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤201，MCPTT客户端1发送语音媒体流。
步骤202，MCPTT客户端2在目标群组内发送话权请求消息。
步骤203，MCPTT客户端1作为话权控制客户端将MCPTT客户端2的话权请求放入话权队列。
步骤204，MCPTT客户端1在目标群组内发送队列位置信息消息，通知组内成员其他客户端话权请求已入队列。
示例性的，话权队列中，MCPTT客户端2的话权请求的优先级最高。
步骤205，MCPTT客户端1释放话权，并发送话权授予消息。该消息包含被授权话权的MCPTT ID。
其中，若有队列列表，还可在话权授予消息中包括队列列表。示例性的，若被授予话权的MCPTT ID为MCPTT客户端2的ID，则MCPTT客户端1还可在话权授予消息中携带MCPTT客户端2发送语音媒体的最大时长。
步骤206，MCPTT客户端2发送语音媒体流，并且成为新的话权控制客户端。
MCPTT业务离网功能模型的话权控制方法中其他话权控制过程详见TS23.379，不在 此赘述。从离网功能模型的话权控制方法可知该话权控制模式为分布式控制，目标群组内的客户端都可以充当话权控制角色，所以对话权缺少了集中控制。
所以现有技术中的话权控制方法一种是过于集中式控制，另一种为过于分布式控制，导致对话权控制并不合理。
图3为一种现有技术中的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的天地一体化网络架构图，如图3所示，在天地一体化网络架构中，卫星1，卫星2和卫星3构成星间传输隧道。在每个卫星上搭载基站(简称gNB)和用户平面功能网元(英文全称为：user plane function简称：UPF)。每个终端设备通过星间传输隧道与部署在地面的信关站进行通信，进而通过5G核心网(简称：5GC)与话权控制服务器进行通信。但由于话权控制过程需要终端设备与话权控制服务器间多次进行交互，例如，话权请求消息需要通过星上UPF转发到地面信关站，进而发送给话权控制服务器。话权响应消息则通过地面信关站转发至星上UPF，进而发送给终端设备，导致往返时延较大，进而导致话权控制的时延较大。
基于现有技术中的技术问题，发明人通过创造性的研究发现，组内点到多点通信业务通常具有自己的业务中心，且业务中心具备群组管理、话权控制等功能。所以可由业务中心预先根据业务策略对每个群组配置对应的具有控制权的设备，即构建各群组标识信息与具有控制权的设备标识信息的映射关系。在控制权中包括话权控制。并且为了节省资源，减少时延，该具有控制权的设备可以为终端设备，并且根据需求可配置为群组内的终端设备也可以为群组外的终端设备。在业务中心接收目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的组呼请求后，根据组呼请求中包括的目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。则业务中心向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备确定对应的具有控制权的终端设备，进而向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权。并且业务中心向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。由于业务中心预先对每个群组配置了对应的具有控制权的终端设备，通过向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，使目标群组内的群组终端设备明确向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，使具有控制权的终端设备明确其担当对应目标群组的话权控制角色，并由具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组的话权进行控制，从而将话权控制服务器的话权控制任务按群组进行了分散，但又能在每个群组内对话权进行集中控制，所以能够更加合理的进行话权控制。并且由终端设备对群组内的终端设备进行话权控制，在天地一体化网络架构中，话权控制过程无需再进行天地间的往返，所以能够有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率。
图4为本申请实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的天地一体化网络架构图，如图4所示，在该网络架构图中，与图3所示网络架构不同的是，T2mT 业务的业务中心替代了话权控制服务器。业务中心预先对每个群组配置了对应的具有控制权的终端设备。示例性地，终端设备1(简称：UE1)，终端设备2(简称：UE2)和终端设备3(简称：UE3)构成一个目标群组。其中，示例性的，如图4所示，在该目标群组外的终端设备4为该目标群组的具有控制权的终端设备(简称：C-UE)。或者并非图4所示，该目标群组内任意一个终端设备为该目标群组的具有控制权的终端设备。则基于本申请的天地一体化网络架构，业务中心通过向群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权。业务中心向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统，尤其是5G系统。在5G系统中包括终端设备和网络设备，其中核心网设备包括：会话管理功能网元(英文全称为：Session Management Function，简称：SMF)。
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备，可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中，终端设备的名称可能也不相同，例如在5G系统中，终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment，UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信，无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device)，本申请实施例中并不限定。
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例，并不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
实施例一
图5为本申请一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图，如图5所示，本实施例的执行主体为群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，该群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置可位于业务中心中，业务中心是群组内点到多点通信业务中心，可以通过服务器或服务器集群提供业务服务，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤301，接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
其中，目标群组为需要进行群组内点到多点通信业务的群组。
本实施例中，在进行群组内点到多点通信业务前，需要目标群组内的每个群组终端设备建立到业务中心的协议数据单元(英文全称为：Protocol Data Unit，简称为PDU)会话，由目标群组内的某个群组终端设备发起组呼建立过程。其中，某个群组终端设备为目标群组内的第一群组终端设备。
本实施例中，由第一群组终端设备发起组呼建立过程时，向业务中心发送组呼请求。在组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息，简称为Group ID。则业务中心接收到组呼请求并解析出Group ID。
其中，Group ID可以为目标群组在所有群组中的序号，名称等表示唯一目标群组的信息。
步骤302，根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
本实施例中，在进行群组内点到多点通信业务前，业务中心预先根据业务策略对各群组配置具有控制权的终端设备，并构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系，并对该映射关系进行了存储。所以在解析出目标群组的标识信息后，在该映射关系中确定出该目标群组的标识信息对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，进而确定出目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
其中，该具有控制权的终端设备是具有话权控制功能的终端设备，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备可以为目标群组内的群组终端设备，也可以为目标群组外的终端设备，本实施例中对此不作限定。
步骤303，向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权。
本实施例中，可利用组呼建立过程向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，该具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息可简称为：C-UE ID。
其中，C-UE ID可以为具有控制权的终端设备在所有终端设备中的序号，具有控制权的终端设备的用户名等表示唯一具有控制权的终端设备的信息。
本实施例中，在群组终端设备接收到具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息后，若有发言需求，则向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权。
步骤304，向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本实施例中，业务中心向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，具有控制权的终端设备根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其对对应的目标群组具有控制权，控制权中包括话权控制。并在目标群组的群组终端设备向其请求话权时执行话权控制操作。
需要说明的是，目标群组的群组终端设备向对应的具有控制权的终端设备请求话 权，以及具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，只需要星间传输隧道进行信令转发，无需再经过部署在地面的信关站进行转发。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，通过接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。由于业务中心预先对每个群组配置了对应的具有控制权的终端设备，通过向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，使目标群组内的群组终端设备明确向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，使具有控制权的终端设备明确其担当对应目标群组的话权控制角色，并由具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组的话权进行控制，从而将话权控制服务器的话权控制任务按群组进行了分散，但又能在每个群组内对话权进行集中控制，所以能够更加合理的进行话权控制。并且由终端设备对群组内的终端设备进行话权控制，在天地一体化网络架构中，话权控制过程无需再进行天地间的往返，所以能够有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率。
实施例二
图6为本申请另一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图，如图6所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的执行主体为群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，该群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于具有控制权的终端设备中，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤401，接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
本实施例中，在业务中心确定出目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备后，可利用组呼建立过程，将目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示发送给具有控制权的终端设备，具有控制权的终端设备利用组呼建立过程接收到目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
步骤402，根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备。
本实施例中，具有控制权的终端设备根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为标识信息对应的目标群组的具有控制权的终端设备，该具有控制权的终端设备可对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
步骤403，对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
本实施例中，在目标群组内的群组终端设备通过星间传输隧道向具有控制权的终端设备发送话权请求后，具有控制权的终端设备根据话权请求执行话权控制操作。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，通过接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。具有控制权的终端设备接收目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，使具有控制权的终端设备明确其担当对应目标群组的话权控制角色，并由具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组的话权进行控制，从而将话权控制服务器的话权控制任务按群组进行了分散，但又能在每个群组内对话权进行集中控制，所以能够更加合理的进行话权控制。并且由终端设备对群组内的终端设备进行话权控制，在天地一体化网络架构中，话权控制过程无需再进行天地间的往返，所以能够有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率。
实施例三
图7为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图7所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施一及实施例二的基础上，在目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备，由第一群组终端设备发起组呼建立过程时，对实施例一中的步骤303-步骤304及实施例二中的步骤401的进一步细化，本实施例中以目标群组中的群组终端设备为三个为例进行说明，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤501，目标群组内的各群组终端设备建立到业务中心的PDU会话。
其中，在PDU会话中包括：数据网络名称(英文全称为：Data Network Name，简称：DNN)标识。本实施例中DNN标识为T2mT。
步骤502，目标群组内的第一群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
其中，如图7所示，第一群组终端设备为UE1。业务中心英文全称为：T2mT Service Center。
相应地，业务中心接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
步骤503，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验，验证通过后，根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
其中，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验时，对第一群组终端设备是否在组内，是否有权限发起组呼请求等进行校验。
可选地，本实施例中，业务中心根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
具体地，业务中心获取每个群组的业务策略，根据业务策略为每个群组确定最适合的具有控制权的终端设备，再构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系，则业务中心在接收到目标群组的标识信息后，获取该映射关系，并根据该映射关系确定出目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，进而确定出目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
步骤504，业务中心向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向第一群组终端设备请求话权。
需要说明的是，步骤504是步骤303的一种可选实施方式。
其中，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。在图7中，第二群组终端设备为UE2和UE3。所以步骤504中包括步骤504a和步骤504b。
步骤504a，业务中心向UE2发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使UE2向UE1请求话权。
其中，第一群组终端设备为具有控制权的终端设备，所以第一群组终端设备的标识信息简称为C-UE ID。
步骤504b，业务中心向UE3发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使UE3向UE1请求话权。
其中，如图7所示，在组呼请求中还携带目标群组的标识信息，简称为Group ID。
步骤505，目标群组内第二群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼响应。
其中，在图7中，第二群组终端设备为UE2和UE3。所以步骤505中包括步骤505a和步骤505b。
步骤505a，UE2向业务中心发送组呼响应。
步骤505b，UE3向业务中心发送组呼响应。
步骤506，业务中心向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
其中，控制权角色指示简称为：C-UE indication。
需要说明的是，步骤506是步骤304的一种可选实施方式。相应地，作为步骤401的一种可选实施方式，第一群组终端设备接收业务中心发送的组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
本实施例中，第一群组终端设备对组呼响应进行解析，获取到目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，确定第一群组终端设备为对应目标群组的具有控制权的终端设备，在目标群组内的第二群组终端设备(如UE2或UE3)发送话权请求时，对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可以理解的是，在业务中心向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应时，还可默认将话权授予给第一群组终端设备。
步骤507，目标群组内的各群组终端设备建立星间传输隧道。
其中，该星间传输隧道是用于媒体平面数据和话权控制消息所使用的传输隧道。在图7中，UE1,UE2和UE3建立星间传输隧道。
步骤508，第一群组终端设备向第二群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
其中，在图7中，第二群组终端设备为UE2和UE3。所以步骤508中包括步骤508a和步骤508b。
步骤508a，UE1向UE2发送话权占用消息。
步骤508b，UE1向UE3发送话权占用消息。
步骤509，UE1向第二群组终端设备发送语音数据。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第一群组终端设备，且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，并向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程的网络资源，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第一群组终端设备且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时的场景下的话权控制。
实施例四
图8为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图8所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施一及实施例二的基础上，在目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备，由第一群组终端设备发起组呼建立过程时，对实施例一中的步骤303-步骤304及实施例二中的步骤401的进一步细化，本实施例中以目标群组中的群组终端设备为三个为例进行说明，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤601，目标群组内的各群组终端设备建立到业务中心的PDU会话。
其中，在PDU会话中包括DNN标识。本实施例中DNN标识为T2mT。
步骤602，目标群组内的第一群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
其中，如图8所示，第一群组终端设备为UE2。
相应地，业务中心接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
步骤603，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验，验证通过后，根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
其中，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验时，与步骤503类似，在此不再一一赘述。
步骤604，业务中心向第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群 组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
需要说明的是，步骤604是步骤304的一种可选实施方式。相应地，作为步骤401的一种可选实施方式，第三群组终端设备接收业务中心发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
其中，第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备。其中，在图8中，第二群组终端设备为UE1和UE3,第三群组终端设备为UE1，除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备为UE3。
本实施例中，第三群组终端设备作为具有控制权的终端设备，对组呼请求进行解析，获取到目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，确定第三群组终端设备为对应目标群组的具有控制权的终端设备，在目标群组内的第一群组终端设备(如UE2)或除第三群组外的第二群组终端设备(如UE3)发送话权请求时，对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
步骤605，向目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权。
步骤606，目标群组内第二群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼响应。
在图8中，第二群组终端设备可以为UE1和UE3。第三群组终端设备为UE1。所以步骤606中包括步骤606a、步骤606b。
步骤606a，UE1向业务中心发送组呼响应。
步骤606b，UE3向业务中心发送组呼响应。
步骤607，业务中心向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权。
需要说明的是，步骤605和步骤607是步骤303的一种可选实施方式。
在步骤607中发送组呼响应时，还包括Group ID。
可以理解的是，在业务中心向第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求时，还可默认将话权授予给第三群组终端设备。
步骤608，目标群组内的各群组终端设备建立星间传输隧道。
其中，该星间传输隧道是用于媒体平面数据和话权控制消息所使用的传输隧道。在图8中，UE1,UE2和UE3建立星间传输隧道。
步骤609，第三群组终端设备向第一群组终端设备及除第三群组终端设备以外的第二群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
其中，在图8中，第一群组终端设备为UE2。除第三群组终端设备以外的第二群组终端设备为UE3，所以步骤609中包括步骤609a和步骤609b。
步骤609a，UE1向UE2发送话权占用消息。
步骤609b，UE1向UE3发送话权占用消息。
步骤610，第三群组终端设备向第一群组终端设备及除第三群组终端设备以外的 第二群组终端设备发送语音数据。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，并向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程的资源，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内的第三群组终端设备且由第一群组终端设备发起组呼请求时的场景下的话权控制。
实施例五
图9为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图9所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施一及实施例二的基础上，在目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备时，对实施例一中的步骤303-步骤304及实施例二中的步骤401的进一步细化，本实施例中以目标群组中的群组终端设备为两个为例进行说明，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤701，目标群组内的各群组终端设备及具有控制权的终端设备建立到业务中心的PDU会话。
其中，在PDU会话中包括DNN标识。本实施例中DNN标识为T2mT。
步骤702，目标群组内的第一群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
其中，如图9所示，第一群组终端设备为UE2。
相应地，业务中心接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。
需要说明的是，第一群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼请求时，还可以携带请求话权的标识。
步骤703，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验，验证通过后，根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。
其中，业务中心对第一群组终端设备进行校验时，与步骤503类似，在此不再一一赘述。
步骤704，业务中心向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权。
其中，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。
在图9中，目标群组内第二群组终端设备为UE3。所以业务中心向目标群组内UE3发送组呼请求。
步骤705，第二群组终端设备向业务中心发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息。
步骤706，业务中心向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权。
本实施例中，步骤704和步骤706是步骤303的一种可选实施方式。
步骤707，业务中心向目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
其中，话权通知消息可以称为floor notification，该话权通知消息未在TS23.379标准中定义，是为了向对应的目标群组外的具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示所新增加的消息。
需要说明的是，步骤707是步骤304的一种可选实施方式。相应的，作为步骤401的一种可选方式，接收业务中心发送的话权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
本实施例中，若步骤702中，组呼请求中携带了第一群组终端设备请求话权的标识，则在话权通知消息中还可以包括第一群组终端设备请求话权的标识。
步骤708，目标群组外的终端设备向业务中心发送话权通知响应。
其中，在话权通知响应中包括Group ID。话权通知响应是与话权通知消息对应的响应，未在TS23.379标准中定义，是为了使业务中心确定已将目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示发送给目标群组外的终端设备而新增加的消息。
本实施例中，步骤706和步骤707是话权通知的过程。
步骤709，目标群组内的各群组终端设备及目标群组外的终端设备建立星间传输隧道。
其中，该星间传输隧道是用于媒体平面数据和话权控制消息所使用的传输隧道。在图9中，UE1,UE2和UE3建立星间传输隧道。
步骤710，目标群组外的终端设备若确定话权通知消息中包括了第一群组终端设备的请求话权的标识，则向第一群组终端设备发送话权授予消息。
步骤711，目标群组外的终端设备向第二群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
步骤712，第一群组终端设备向第二群组终端设备发送语音数据。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备时，利用组呼建立过程，业务中心能够向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，通过在组呼建立过程中新增加的话权通知消息向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，不仅能够更加合理的进行话权控制，有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率，而且能够充分利用组呼建立过程，满足具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备时的场景下的话权控制。
实施例六
图10为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图，如图10所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的执行主体为具有控制权的终端设备，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施例二提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的基础上，对步骤403的进一步细化，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤403a，判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，若是，则执行步骤403b，否则结束。
本实施例中，具有控制权的终端设备担当对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备的话权控制角色。所以可以监测是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，若监测到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则需要执行话权控制操作。若未监测到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则说明目标群组目前未有群组内点到多点通信业务的话权需求，则结束。
步骤403b，根据话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，若是，则执行步骤403c，否则执行步骤403d。
本实施例中，在目标群组内的群组终端设备发送的话权请求可包括话权优先级，还可以包括其他必要信息。具有控制权的终端设备基于标准确定对该话权请求采取对应的操作。示例性的，具有控制权的终端设备基于群组终端设备的话权优先级和/或群组终端设备类型确定对该话权请求采取授予，拒绝或排队操作。
步骤403c，向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
本实施例中，若根据话权请求确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息。为了通知目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备话权已被该群组终端设备占用，则向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
步骤403d，将话权请求排入队列或向该群组终端设备发送拒绝话权授予消息。
本实施例中，若根据话权请求判确定不授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则基于群组终端设备的话权优先级和/或群组终端设备类型确定对该话权请求采取拒绝或排队操作，将话权请求排入队列或向该群组终端设备发送拒绝话权授予消息。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，通过判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。能够脱离业务中心，由具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备顺利执行话权控制操作，并 且在天地一体化网络架构中，无需再进行天地间的往返，所以能够有效减少话权控制的时延，有效提高话权控制的效率。
实施例七
图11为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图11所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在实施例六提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的基础上，以具有控制权的终端设备为UE1，当前拥有话权的终端设备为UE1和UE2为例，对群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法进行更加细化的介绍，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤801，建立星间传输隧道。
其中，该星间传输隧道是用于媒体平面数据和话权控制消息所使用的传输隧道。在图11中，UE1,UE2和UE3建立星间传输隧道。具有控制权的终端设备为UE1，当前拥有话权的终端设备为UE1和UE2。
步骤802，UE3向UE1发送话权请求。
步骤803，UE1基于标准判断是否授予UE3话权。
示例性的，UE1基于UE3的话权优先级和/或UE3类型判断是否授予UE3话权。
步骤804，若确定UE3授予话权，则UE1向UE2发送话权撤销消息。
步骤805，UE1向UE3发送话权授予消息。
步骤806，UE1向UE2发送话权占用消息。
其中，在话权占用消息中携带当前被授予话权的UE3的标识信息。
步骤807，UE1和UE3发送语音数据。
需要说明的是，具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作的其他话权控制过程如话权释放，话权重写与图11中所示的话权请求、话权授予及话权占用过程类似，在此不再一一赘述。
实施例八
图12为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的流程示意图，如图12所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的执行主体为会话管理功能网元(英文全称为：Session Management Function，简称为：SMF)。SMF位于图4所示网络架构的5G核心网中。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤901，获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
其中，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的。
可选地，本实施例中，若业务中心在向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标 识信息和控制权角色指示时，默认将话权授予具有控制权的终端设备，则业务中心将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给SMF。SMF接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。该种方式中，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中为具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息。
或者可选地，由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后，具有控制权的终端设备确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单直接发送给SMF或者业务中心接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并发送给SMF。SMF接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。该种方式中，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中包括目标群组内的群组终端设备的标识信息。
所以本实施例中，作为一种可选实施方式，获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
步骤902，根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
作为一种可选实施方式，本实施例中，根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
具体地，本实施例中，由于当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备可能会恶意发送语音数据，所以为了加强对当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制，SMF获取到目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，确定目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，确定目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
步骤903，将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
本实施例中，可利用现有标准中的会话过程将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的UPF，UPF在接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后，获取到对应的组播转发策略，若组播转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，则对组播数据进行转发操作。若组播转发策略为对组播数据进行丢弃，则对组播数据进行丢弃操作。
其中，组播数据可以为语音数据。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，通过获取目标群组的 标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作，能够使SMF感知当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并按照当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单使UPF更新目标群组内对应群组终端设备的组播转发策略，进而按照组播转发策略进行组播数据的操作，能够有效防止当前不拥有话权群组终端设备恶意发送语音数据，加强了当前不拥有话权群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制。
实施例九
图13为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图13所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施例八提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的基础上，从业务中心获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单情况下的交互过程。并且本实施例中，以在目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备，由第一群组终端设备发起组呼建立过程为例进行说明。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤1001，业务中心获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
本实施例中，在执行步骤1001之前，如实施例三中步骤501-步骤506所示，进行组呼建立过程。并且业务中心默认将话权授予给具有控制权的终端设备。具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备。所以业务中心获取到当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中包括具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息。即包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息。
步骤1002，业务中心将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使SMF根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
相应地，SMF根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
如图13所示，SMF确定目标群组内UE1的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发。确定目标群组内的UE2和UE3的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
步骤1003，SMF触发目标群组内的各群组终端设备建立媒体平面和话权控制传输隧道，向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
具体地，本实施例中，向UE1对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的分组检测规则(英文全称为：Packet Detection Rule，简称为：PDR)中包括UE1的设备信息如IP地址，在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的转发动作规则(英文全称为：Forwarding Action Rule，简称为：FAR)中包括允许其进行组播数据转发。向UE2对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的PDR中包括UE2的标识信息，在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的FAR中包括对其组播数据进行丢弃。向UE3对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的PDR中包括UE3的标识信息，在N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中的FAR中包括对其组播数据进行丢弃。
步骤1004，UE1向UE2发送话权占用消息。
步骤1005，UE1向UE3发送话权占用消息。
步骤1006，UE1的组播数据发送给对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，允许正常转发组播数据。UE2和UE3的组播数据发送到对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，组播数据被丢弃。
其中，组播数据可以为语音数据。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在确定具有控制权的终端设备的初始阶段，能够从业务中心直接将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给SMF，使SMF感知当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并按照当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单使UPF更新目标群组内各个群组终端设备的组播转发策略，进而按照组播转发策略进行组播数据的操作，不仅有效防止当前不拥有话权群组终端设备恶意发送语音数据，加强了当前不拥有话权群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制，而且能够不经过星间传输隧道，就可获取到当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，在确定具有控制权的终端设备的初始阶段有效减少了获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单的时延。
实施例十
图14为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图14所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施例七和实施例八提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的基础上，在具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，SMF获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单情况下的交互过程。并且本实施例中，以实施例七中具有控制权的终端设备为UE1，当前拥有话权的终端设备为UE1和UE2为例进行说明。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤1101，向SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中 包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。其中，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单简称为：UE ID list。
本实施例中，在步骤1101之前，具有控制权的终端设备确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，如实施例七中，具有控制权的终端设备确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中包括：UE1和UE3的标识信息。
需要说明的是，如图14所示，在执行步骤1101之前，还执行步骤801-步骤806。步骤801-步骤806的具体实现过程与实施例七中的类似，在此不再一一赘述。
需要说明的是，步骤1101是具有控制权的终端设备向SMF发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单的一种可选实施方式。
相应地，SMF接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。如图14所示，在PDU会话更新请求中包括的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中具有UE1和UE3的标识信息。
步骤1102，SMF向UE1和UE2对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求。N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
本实施例中，如图14所示，UE1和UE2对应的UPF为同一UPF。在向UE1发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为允许UE1进行组播数据转发。向UE2发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为对UE2的组播数据进行丢弃。
步骤1103，UE1和UE2对应的UPF向SMF发送N4会话响应。
步骤1104，SMF向UE3对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求。N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
本实施例中，在向UE3发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为允许UE3进行组播数据转发。
步骤1105，UE3对应的UPF向SMF发送N4会话响应。
步骤1106，SMF向UE1发送PDU会话更新响应。
步骤1107，UE1和UE3的组播数据发送给对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，允许正常转发组播数据。UE2的组播数据发送到对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，组播数据被丢弃。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作过程中，能够从具有控制权的终端设备利用PDU会话过程将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给SMF，使SMF感知当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并按照当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单使UPF更新目标群组内各个群组终端设备的组播转发策略，进而按照组播转发策略进行组播数据的操作，可以有效防止当前不拥有话权群组终端设备恶意发送语音数据，加强了当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制PDU。
实施例十一
图15为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的信令交互流程示意图，如图15所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法在实施例七和实施例八提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法的基础上，在具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，SMF获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单情况下的交互过程。并且本实施例中，以实施例七中具有控制权的终端设备为UE1，当前拥有话权的终端设备为UE1和UE2为例进行说明。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法包括以下步骤：
步骤1201，具有控制权的终端设备向业务中心发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
相应地，业务中心接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
如图15所示，在执行步骤1201之前，还执行步骤801-步骤806。步骤801-步骤806的具体实现过程与实施例七中的类似，在此不再一一赘述。具有控制权的终端设备向业务中心发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单中包括：UE1和UE3的标识信息。
步骤1202，业务中心将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF。
步骤1203，SMF向UE1和UE2对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求。N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
本实施例中，如图14所示，UE1和UE2对应的UPF为同一UPF。在向UE1发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为允许UE1进行组播数据转发。向UE2发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为对UE2的组播数据进行丢弃。
步骤1204，UE1和UE2对应的UPF向SMF发送的N4会话响应。
步骤1205，SMF向UE3对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求。N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
本实施例中，在向UE3对应的UPF发送的N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括的当前组播数据转发策略为允许UE3进行组播数据转发。
步骤1206，UE3对应的UPF向SMF发送N4会话响应。
本实施例中，步骤1203-步骤1206的实现方式与实施例十中的步骤1102-步骤1105的实现方式类似，在此不再一一赘述。
步骤1207，UE1和UE3的组播数据发送给对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，允许正常转发组播数据。UE2的组播数据发送到对应的UPF，UPF匹配对应当前组播数据转发策略，组播数据被丢弃。
本实施例中，步骤1207与实施例十中的步骤1107的实现方式类似，在此不再一 一赘述。
本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，在具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作过程中，具有控制权的终端设备能够通过用户面通知业务中心目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，进而通过业务中心将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给SMF。使SMF感知当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，并按照当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单使UPF更新目标群组内各个群组终端设备的组播转发策略，进而按照组播转发策略进行组播数据的操作，不仅有效防止当前不拥有话权群组终端设备恶意发送语音数据，加强了当前不拥有话权群组终端设备发送语音数据的控制，而且能够由业务中心进行统一管控。
实施例十二
图16为本申请一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图16所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于业务中心中。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置包括：收发机1300，用于在处理器1310的控制下接收和发送数据。
在图16中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1310代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1320代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1300可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器1310负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1320可以存储处理器1310在执行操作时所使用的数据。
处理器1310可以是中央处埋器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Comple13Programmable Logic Device，CPLD)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
本实施例中，存储器1320，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1300，用于在处理器1310的控制下收发数据；处理器1310，用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，处理器1310，用于根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备。
相应地，处理器1310，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向第一群组终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
处理器1310，用于向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备。
相应地，处理器1310，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权；
处理器1310，用于向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备。
相应地，处理器1310，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向第一群组终端设 备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
处理器1310，用于向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
向目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，处理器1310，用于向具有控制权的终端设备发送控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使SMF根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
可选地，处理器1310，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
在此需要说明的是，本申请提供的上述装置，能够实现对应方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
实施例十三
图17为本申请另一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图17所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于具有控制权的终端设备中。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置包括：收发机1400，用于在处理器1410的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图17中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1410代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1420代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1400可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口1430还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器1410负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1420可以存储处理器1400在执行操作时所使用的数据。
可选的，处理器1410可以是CPU(中央处埋器)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路)、FPGA(Field－Programmable Gate Array，现场可编程门阵列)或CPLD(Complex Programmable Logic Device，复杂可编程逻辑器件)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序，用于按照获得的可执行指令执行本申请实施例提供的任一方法。处理器与存储器也可以物理上分开布置。
本实施例中，存储器1420，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1400，用于在处理器1410的控制下收发数据；处理器1410，用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备。相应地，处理器1410，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：接收业务中心发送的组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
或者，具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备。相应地，处理器1410，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：接收业务中心发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
或者，具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备。相应地，处理器1410，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
接收业务中心发送的话权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
可选地，处理器1410，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
可选地，处理器1410，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，处理器1410，在向会话管理功能网元SMF发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
向SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
在此需要说明的是，本申请提供的上述装置，能够实现对应方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
实施例十四
图18为本申请又一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图18所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中。则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置包括：收发机1500，用于在处理器1510的控制下接收和发送数据。
其中，在图18中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1510代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1520代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1500可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备，用户接口1530还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口，连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
处理器1510负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1520可以存储处理器1500在执行操作时所使用的数据。
可选的，处理器1510可以是CPU(中央处埋器)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路)、FPGA(Field－Programmable Gate Array，现场可编程门阵列)或CPLD(Complex Programmable Logic Device，复杂可编程逻辑器件)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序，用于按照获得的可执行指令执行本申请实施例提供的任一方法。处理器与存储器也可以物理上分开布置。
本实施例中，存储器1520，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1500，用于在处理器1510的控制下收发数据；处理器1510，用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设 备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
可选地，处理器1510，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，处理器1510，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，处理器1510，在根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略时，具体包括：
根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定目标群组内当前不拥有话权群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
可选地，处理器1510，在将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF时，具体包括：
向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
在此需要说明的是，本申请提供的上述装置，能够实现对应方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
实施例十五
图19为本申请再一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图19所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于业务中心中，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1600包括：接收单元1601，确定单元1602，发送单元1603。
其中，接收单元1601，用于接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息。确定单元1602，用于根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备。发送单元1603，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权。发送单元1603，还用于向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1600还包括：构建单元，用于确定单元根据目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备。发送单元1603，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向第一群组终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。发送单元1603，在向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备。发送单元1603，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向第三群组终端设备请求话权。发送单元1603，在向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备。相应地，发送单元1603，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使群组终端设备向具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：向目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，第二群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备。向第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向目标群组外的终端设备请求话权。发送单元1603，在向具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：向目标群组外的终端设备发送话 权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1600还包括：获取单元。获取单元，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。发送单元1603，用于将目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使SMF根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
可选地，获取单元，具体用于：接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
本实施例中，方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
实施例十六
图20为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图20所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于具有控制权的终端设备中，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1700包括：接收单元1701，确定单元1702，及控制单元1703。
其中，接收单元1701，用于接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。确定单元1702，用于根据目标群组的标信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备。控制单元1703，用于对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
可选地，具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备。相应地，接收单元1701，具体用于：接收业务中心发送的组呼响应，组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。或者，具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备，相应地，接收单元1701，具体用于：接收业务中心发送的组呼请求，组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。或者，具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备，相应地，接收单元1701，具体用于：接收业务中心发送的话权通知消息，话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
可选地，控制单元1703，具体用于：判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
可选地，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1700还包括： 发送单元。
其中，确定单元1702，用于确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。发送单元，用于向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，发送单元，向会话管理功能网元SMF发送目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：向SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
其中，方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
实施例十七
图21为本申请还一实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置的结构示意图，如图21所示，本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中，则本实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置1800包括：获取单元1801，确定单元1802，发送单元1803。
其中，获取单元1801，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的。确定单元1802，用于根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略。发送单元1803，用于将当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
可选地，获取单元1801，具体用于：接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，获取单元1801，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
可选地，确定单元1802，具体用于：根据目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
可选地，发送单元，具体用于：向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转 发策略。
其中，方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
实施例十八
本申请实施例十八提供一种处理器可读存储介质，处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，计算机程序用于使处理器执行实施例一至实施例十一中任意一个实施例提供的群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法。
处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备，包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特 定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中，使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (52)

  1. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于业务中心，所述方法包括：
    接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
    向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
    向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
    根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；
    构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备；
    所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备；
    所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
    向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标 群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权；
    所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
    向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权，包括：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
    所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
    向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
    获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  8. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于具有控制权的终端设备，所述方法包括：
    接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
    对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备；
    所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备；
    所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作，包括：
    判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；
    若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；
    若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
  11. 根据权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
    确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
    向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  13. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于会话管理功能网元SMF，所述方法包括：
    获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
    将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
    接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，包括：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，包括：
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
  17. 根据权利要求13-16任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，包括：
    向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
  18. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于业务中心中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
    接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
    向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
    向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，还包括：
    根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；
    构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备；
    所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  21. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备；
    所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
    向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备 的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权；
    所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
    向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  22. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述处理器，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体包括：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
    所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
    向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  23. 根据权利要求18-22任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
    获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  25. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于 具有控制权的终端设备中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
    接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
    对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备；
    所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备；
    所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述处理器，在接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示时，具体包括：
    接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体包括：
    判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；
    若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；
    若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
  28. 根据权利要求25-27任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作之后，还包括：
    确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
    向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  30. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中，所述装置包括存储器，收发机，处理器：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；收发机，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
    获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
    将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
    接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体包括：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  33. 根据权利要求30-32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略时，具体包括：
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
  34. 根据权利要求30-33任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器，在将所 述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF时，具体包括：
    向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
  35. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于业务中心中，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收目标群组内第一群组终端设备发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息；
    确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备；
    发送单元，用于向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权；
    所述发送单元，还用于向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括：
    构建单元，用于确定单元根据所述目标群组的标识信息及预先构建的各群组标识信息与具有控制权的终端设备标识信息的映射关系确定所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备之前，根据业务策略对各群组设置具有控制权的终端设备；构建各群组的标识信息及对应的具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息的映射关系。
  37. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为第一群组终端设备；
    所述发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第一群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第二群组终端设备向所述第一群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；
    所述发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：
    向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第一群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  38. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组内第三群组终端设备；
    所述发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标 识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：
    向所述目标群组内除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使除第三群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括第三群组终端设备的标识信息，以使第一群组终端设备向所述第三群组终端设备请求话权；
    所述发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：
    向所述第三群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述第三群组终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  39. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述发送单元，在向目标群组内的群组终端设备发送具有控制权的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述群组终端设备向所述具有控制权的终端设备请求话权时，具体用于：
    向所述目标群组内第二群组终端设备发送组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第二群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权，所述第二群组终端设备为所述目标群组内除第一群组终端设备以外的终端设备；向所述第一群组终端设备发送组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括所述目标群组外的终端设备的标识信息，以使所述第一群组终端设备向所述目标群组外的终端设备请求话权；
    所述发送单元，在向所述具有控制权的终端设备发送目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述具有控制权的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作时，具体用于：
    向所述目标群组外的终端设备发送话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示，以使所述目标群组外的终端设备对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  40. 根据权利要求35-39任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括：获取单元；
    所述获取单元，用于获取当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    发送单元，用于将所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单发送给会话管理功能网元SMF，以使所述SMF根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略，并将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF。
  41. 根据权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取单元，具体用于：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  42. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于具有控制权的终端设备中，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收业务中心发送的目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备；
    控制单元，用于对对应的目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第一群组终端设备；
    所述接收单元，具体用于：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼响应，所述组呼响应中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为对应的目标群组内的第三群组终端设备，所述第三群组终端设备为目标群组内除第一群组终端设备外的第二群组终端设备中的任意一个终端设备；
    所述接收单元，具体用于：
    接收所述业务中心发送的组呼请求，所述组呼请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示；
    或者，所述具有控制权的终端设备为目标群组外的终端设备；
    所述接收单元，具体用于：
    接收所述业务中心发送的话权通知消息，所述话权通知消息中包括目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示。
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的装置，其特征在于，所述控制单元，具体用于：
    判断是否接收到对应的目标群组内某群组终端设备发送的话权请求；若确定接收到某群组终端设备发送的话权请求，则根据所述话权请求判断是否授予该群组终端设备拥有话权；若确定授予该群组终端设备拥有话权，则向该群组终端设备发送话权授予消息并向目标群组内的除该群组终端以外的其他群组终端设备发送话权占用消息。
  45. 根据权利要求42-44任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括：发送单元；
    所述确定单元，用于确定当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单；
    所述发送单元，用于向业务中心或会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元，在向会话管理功能网元SMF发送所述目标群组的标识信息及当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：
    向所述SMF发送协议数据单元PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括所述目标群组的标识信息和当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  47. 一种群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制装置，其特征在于，所述装置位于会话管理功能网元SMF中，所述装置包括：
    获取单元，用于获取目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单，所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单是由业务中心确定的，或者由目标群组对应的具有控制权的终端设备根据所述目标群组的标识信息和控制权角色指示确定其为对应的目标群组具有控制权的终端设备，对目标群组内的群组终端设备执行话权控制操作后确定的；所述控制权角色指示由业务中心发送给具有控制权的终端设备的；
    确定单元，用于根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定目标群组内每个群组终端设备对应的当前组播数据转发策略；
    发送单元，用于将所述当前组播数据转发策略发送给群组终端设备对应的用户平面功能网元UPF，以使所述UPF接收到对应的群组终端设备发送的组播数据后根据对应的当前组播数据转发策略对组播数据进行转发或丢弃操作。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取单元，具体用于：
    接收业务中心或具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取单元，在接收具有控制权的终端设备发送的目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单时，具体用于：
    接收所述具有控制权的终端设备发送的PDU会话更新请求，所述PDU会话更新请求中包括目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单。
  50. 根据权利要求47-49任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元，具体用于：
    根据所述目标群组的标识信息和所述当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的标识信息清单确定所述目标群组内当前拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为允许其进行组播数据转发，并确定所述目标群组内当前不拥有话权的群组终端设备的组播数据转发策略为对其组播数据进行丢弃。
  51. 根据权利要求47-50任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元，具体用于：
    向每个群组终端设备对应的UPF发送N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求，所述N4会话建立请求和/或更新请求中包括对应的当前组播数据转发策略。
  52. 一种处理器可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行权利要求1-7或8-12或13-17任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/074073 2021-03-10 2022-01-26 群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质 WO2022188570A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/550,115 US20240163320A1 (en) 2021-03-10 2022-01-26 Method and apparatus for floor control of intra-group point-to-multipoint communication service, and medium
EP22766097.4A EP4307726A1 (en) 2021-03-10 2022-01-26 Floor control method and apparatus for point-to-multipoint communication service in group, and medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110262240.9 2021-03-10
CN202110262240.9A CN115086886B (zh) 2021-03-10 2021-03-10 群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022188570A1 true WO2022188570A1 (zh) 2022-09-15

Family

ID=83226318

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/074073 WO2022188570A1 (zh) 2021-03-10 2022-01-26 群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20240163320A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4307726A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN115086886B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022188570A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101072390A (zh) * 2006-05-12 2007-11-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数字集群系统的动态群组管理方法
US20120009915A1 (en) * 2010-07-08 2012-01-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Group communication sessions in a wireless communications system
CN102469416A (zh) * 2010-11-12 2012-05-23 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 一种集群通讯中的话权申请方法
CN106162573A (zh) * 2016-09-14 2016-11-23 海能达通信股份有限公司 一种集群组呼处理方法、相关设备和系统

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100461898C (zh) * 2005-10-10 2009-02-11 华为技术有限公司 一种PoC会话处理方法
CN113596744B (zh) * 2017-09-30 2023-11-03 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及系统
WO2020002761A1 (en) * 2018-06-26 2020-01-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Supporting interactions between stateless network functions in a core network
CN111010744B (zh) * 2018-10-08 2022-05-13 华为技术有限公司 建立会话的方法和装置以及发送报文的方法和装置
CN110337072B (zh) * 2019-07-18 2021-10-15 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 一种5g网络下自动建立群组的方法和系统

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101072390A (zh) * 2006-05-12 2007-11-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数字集群系统的动态群组管理方法
US20120009915A1 (en) * 2010-07-08 2012-01-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Group communication sessions in a wireless communications system
CN102469416A (zh) * 2010-11-12 2012-05-23 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 一种集群通讯中的话权申请方法
CN106162573A (zh) * 2016-09-14 2016-11-23 海能达通信股份有限公司 一种集群组呼处理方法、相关设备和系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Allowing any UE to request the Controller UE to initiate media flow transfer and/or Collaborative Session Control transfer", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-092246 ANY-UE-TRANSFER-PA8, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, no. Hangzhou; 20090324, 24 March 2009 (2009-03-24), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP050345540 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4307726A1 (en) 2024-01-17
CN115086886A (zh) 2022-09-20
CN115086886B (zh) 2023-10-13
US20240163320A1 (en) 2024-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113411857B (zh) 通信方法及装置
US9628965B2 (en) Merging active group calls
EP2495911B1 (en) Method and device for uninterruptable wireless group communication sessions
US8738058B2 (en) High-priority communications sessions within a wireless communications system
EP2752037B1 (en) Method and apparatus for providing a group communications follow mode
US11510267B2 (en) Efficient Evolved Packet System (EPS) fallback
KR20090006206A (ko) 그룹 토크 체감 품질을 실현하기 위한 방법, 시스템 및 장치
US20110153743A1 (en) Group communication sessions between session participants communicating via two or more different contact protocols within a wireless communications system
KR20120123681A (ko) 그룹 통신 데이터의 세션 트리거링된 푸싱
EP2550816A1 (en) High-priority communication sessions within a wireless communications system
CN111065056B (zh) 发送组播数据的方法和装置
CN113366869A (zh) 一种通信方法及相关装置
US8649813B2 (en) Latency improvement methods in native PTT gateway for a group call with dispatch console clients
CN114938494A (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2022188570A1 (zh) 群组内点到多点通信业务的话权控制方法、装置及介质
WO2024032603A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022033491A1 (zh) 用于鉴权的方法和通信装置
US20230126490A1 (en) Optimized security mode command procedure to reduce communication setup failures
WO2023010979A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023019998A1 (zh) 一种通信隧道管理方法、装置及系统
EP4359931A1 (en) Reliability in a communication system
CN117714996A (zh) 集群组呼的话权释放方法、装置、相关功能体及介质
CN113225728A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN116711269A (zh) 加入多播会话的过程

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22766097

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18550115

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022766097

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022766097

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20231010